Date post: | 27-Apr-2015 |
Category: |
Documents |
Upload: | fahim-ahmed-abbasi |
View: | 406 times |
Download: | 6 times |
3-i
3-IN
DEX
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuatorsCAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATORSSERIES RL, RA, RI, RF, MINIATURE,AIR/OIL TANDEM, AND MULTI-POSITION
INDEX:Series RL
Pages 3A-1 to 3A-17
Series RAPages 3B-1 to 3B-15
Miniature(Series 0180 & 0183)
Pages 3C-1 to 3C-6
Series 1000-8000Pages 3C-8 to 3C-12
Air/Oil TandemPages 3C-13 to 3C-19
Multi-PositionPages 3C-20 to 3C-28
Engineering DataPages 3C-29 to 3C-31
Plumbing SchematicsPages 3C-32 and 3C-33
Start-up ProcedurePages 3C-34
OptionsPages 3C-35 to 3C-40
Series RIPages 3D-1 to 3D-26
Series RFPages 3D-27 to 3D-43
SERIES RLROTARY ACTUATORS
SERIES RAROTARY ACTUATORS
Exceptional Selection of Models, Sizes, Options, and Price Range
SERIES RIROTARY ACTUATORS
MINIATUREROTARY
ACTUATORS
SERIES 2000-8000AIR/OIL TANDEM
SERIES 2000-8000MULTI-POSITION
ROTARY ACTUATORS
SERIES RFROTARY ACTUATORS
1000-8000 MULTI-POSITIONACTUATORS
NEW!NEW!
3-ii
3-IN
DEX
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuators CAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATORSSERIES 1000-8000
Series 1000-8000 Rotary Actuators are a rugged line forpneumatic or hydraulic service. These units have a wide range ofrotations, options, and shaft configurations allowing them to beconfigured for most rotary applications. Standard rotations range upto 450° with torques to 31,800 in-lb.
Sizes: 8Operating Media: Pneumatic, 150 psi [10 bar] maximum,Hydraulic, 1500 psi [100 bar] maximumMaximum Torque Output: 57 to 31,800 in-lb [6.4 to 3595 Nm]
ROTARY ACTUATORSSERIES RL ROTARY ACTUATORS
PHD Series RL Rotary Actuators cover a wide range of sizesfrom miniature 12 mm bore units to 63 mm bore units. Theseactuators have a very high torque to envelope ratio and are capableof very high rotation velocities. Built-in optional shock absorbersprovide smooth deceleration of external loads.
Sizes: 8Operating Media: Pneumatic, 150 psi [10 bar] maximumMaximum Torque Output: 4.4 to 544 in-lb [.49 to 61.5 Nm]
MINIATURE ROTARY ACTUATORSSERIES 018075, 018050, & 0180375
PHD Miniature Rotary Actuators are lightweight, compactunits for small part orientation or part turn over. Adjustable stopsprovide 0° to 180° rotation for pneumatic use. Also available in 3Position and Air/Oil Tandem versions.
Sizes: 2Operating Media: Pneumatic, 150 psi [10 bar] maximumMaximum Torque Output: 9.75 to 33 in-lb [1.1 to 3.7 Nm]
SERIES RA ROTARY ACTUATORS
PHD Series RA Rotary Actuators have zero backlash at ends ofrotation providing precise rotary positioning. Large shafts, bearings,and rack provide high load-stopping capacity, exceptional radial andaxial bearing load ratings, and long unit life. Built-in optional shockabsorbers provide smooth deceleration of external loads.
Sizes: 5Operating Media: Pneumatic, 150 psi [10 bar] maximumMaximum Torque Output: 14 to 228 in-lb [1.6 to 25.8 Nm]
3-iii
3-IN
DEX
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuatorsCAT-03
AIR/OIL TANDEM ROTARY ACTUATORSSERIES 2000-8000
Air/Oil Tandem Rotary Actuators provide the smooth controlof hydraulics with the simplicity of pneumatics. One end of theactuator is a closed loop hydraulic control member. The otherprovides pneumatic power to the racks.
Sizes: 4Operating Media: Pneumatic, 150 psi [10 bar] maximumMaximum Torque Output: 57 to 1,590 in-lb [6.4 to 179.8 Nm]
MULTI-POSITION ROTARY ACTUATORSSERIES 2000-8000
Multi-Position Rotary Actuators can yield three, four, or fiverotary shaft stop positions. Each position is located by means ofpositive internal stops.
Sizes: 4Operating Media: Pneumatic, 150 psi [10 bar] maximum,Hydraulic, 1500 psi [100 bar] maximumMaximum Torque Output: Ranges from 57 to 15,900 in-lb[6.4 to 1797.9 Nm]
SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATORS
Series RI Rotary Actuators incorporate internal air passageswithin the rotary pinion manifold to allow pneumatic coupling toother devices without tubing. This protection from severed ordamaged air lines eliminates downtime.
Sizes: 3Operating Media: Pneumatic, 100 psi [7 bar] maximumMaximum Torque Output: Ranges from 32 to 414 in-lb at 87psi[3.6 to 46.8 Nm at 6 bar]
SERIES RF ROTARY ACTUATORS
Series RF Rotary Actuators feature a low profile body designwith a large output mounting hub to cover a wide range ofapplications. This rack and pinion design features high tensile steelracks and a one-piece pinion/output hub providing durability andlong life.
Sizes: 3Operating Media: Pneumatic, 100 psi [7 bar] maximumMaximum Torque Output: Ranges from 7 to 67 in-lb at 100 psi [0.8to 7.7 Nm at 7 bar]
NEW!NEW!
3A-1
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rlCAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATORSSERIES RL
INDEX:Ordering Data
Page 3A-2
BenefitsPage 3A-3
DimensionsPages 3A-4 and 3A-5
Engineering DataPages 3A-6 and 3A-7
OptionsPages 3A-8 to 3A-12
AccessoriesPage 3A-13
Rotary ActuatorSelection
Pages 3A-14 to 3A-15
Application ExamplePage 3A-16 to 3A-17
Low Cost, High Torque, Compact Size
3A-2
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rl CAT-03
x18
0
TO O
RDER
SPE
CIFY
:Pr
oduc
t, Se
ries,
Typ
e, D
esig
n No
.,Bo
re S
ize, A
ngle
of R
otat
ion,
and
Optio
ns.
R
NOTE
S:1)
Sho
ck p
ad a
nd/o
r ang
le a
djus
tmen
t opt
ions
not
ava
ilabl
e in
the
sam
e di
rect
ion
with
cus
hion
or s
hock
abs
orbe
r opt
ions
.2)
-E o
ptio
n no
t ava
ilabl
e on
12
mm
and
16
mm
uni
ts.
3)-M
opt
ion
not a
vaila
ble
on 1
2 m
m u
nits
and
a m
inim
um o
f90
° of r
otat
ion
requ
ired
on 1
6 m
m u
nits
.4)
For k
eyle
ss h
ub a
dapt
or k
its, s
ee p
age
3A-1
3.
L1
40-
NC-
BW-
AW-
E-
Q13
S
MIS
CELL
ANEO
USGX
-Mou
ntin
g ho
les
in P
ositi
ons
3 &
4(P
ositi
ons
2 &
3 s
tand
ard)
Q13
-Dou
ble
shaf
t ext
ensi
onU4
-Por
t Pos
ition
2U6
-P
ort P
ositi
on 3
U8-P
ort P
ositi
on 4
SWIT
CH R
EADY
E-H
all E
ffect
mag
nets
for
Serie
s 53
60 S
witc
hI
-Mag
neto
resi
stiv
em
agne
ts fo
r Ser
ies
5360
Sw
itch
M-R
eed
mag
nets
for S
erie
s53
60 S
witc
h
SHOC
K AB
SORB
ERNB
- Sho
ck b
oth
dire
ctio
nsNC
- Sho
ck c
ount
ercl
ockw
ise
NW- S
hock
clo
ckw
ise
GS- S
hock
read
y bo
th d
irect
ions
GT- S
hock
read
y co
unte
rclo
ckw
ise
GU- S
hock
read
y cl
ockw
ise
BORE
SIZ
E12
mm
16 m
m20
mm
25 m
m32
mm
40 m
m50
mm
63 m
mTY
PES
- 150
psi
[10
bar]
Air
Max
.
PROD
UCT
R - R
otar
y Ac
tuat
or
ANGL
E AD
JUST
MEN
TAB
-45
° Ang
le A
djus
tmen
t bot
h di
rect
ions
AC-
45° A
ngle
Adj
ustm
ent c
ount
ercl
ockw
ise
AW-
45° A
ngle
Adj
ustm
ent c
lock
wis
e
CUSH
ION
CONT
ROL
DB-
Cush
ion
both
dire
ctio
nsDC
-Cu
shio
n co
unte
rclo
ckw
ise
DW-
Cush
ion
cloc
kwis
eBB
-Sh
ock
Pad
both
dire
ctio
nsBC
-Sh
ock
Pad
coun
terc
lock
wis
eBW
-Sh
ock
Pad
cloc
kwis
e
ANGL
E OF
ROT
ATIO
N45
°, 90
°, 13
5°, 1
80°,
225°
, 270
°
DESI
GN N
O.1
- Im
peria
l5
- Met
ric
SERI
ESL
- Med
ium
Dut
y
-U o
ptio
ns a
pply
onl
y to
cap
s w
ith a
ngle
adju
stm
ent o
r sho
ck a
bsor
ber o
ptio
ns.
Port
Posi
tions
on
all o
ther
cap
s ar
e in
Posi
tion
5.
Switc
hes
mus
t be
orde
red
sepa
rate
ly. S
ee n
otes
2, 3
, and
pag
e 3A
-10.
Shoc
k ab
sorb
er o
ptio
ns n
ot a
vaila
ble
on 1
2 m
m, 1
6 m
m, a
nd 2
0 m
m u
nits
.
Cush
ions
and
sho
ck p
ads
not
avai
labl
e on
sam
e en
d of
act
uato
r.Sh
ock
pad
optio
ns n
ot a
vaila
ble
on 1
2 m
m u
nits
.
SHOC
K AB
SORB
ER C
HART
BORE
SIZE
25 m
m32
mm
40 m
m50
mm
63 m
m
PHD
SHOC
KAB
SORB
ER N
O.60
335-
0460
335-
0560
335-
0660
335-
0660
335-
07
ORDERING DATA: SERIES RL ROTARY ACTUATORS
3A-3
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rlCAT-03
BENEFITS: SERIES RL ROTARY ACTUATORS
BENEFITS
■ Series RL Rotary Actuators are available in 8 sizes and6 standard rotations with torques ranging up to 360 in-lb at100 psi [41 Nm at 7 bar] to suit a wide range of applications.
■ Series RL Rotary Actuators provide a very high torque toenvelope ratio.
■ Free-floating pistons with pressure and wear compensatingseals ensure minimum friction and long life.
■ Acetal pistons and rack bearings eliminate metal-to-metalcontact for smooth operation, long life and breakaway pressureless than 5 psi [0.35 bar].
■ Sealed ball bearings provide smooth operation and reliability.
■ The high-strength alloy steel rack and one-piece pinion shaftare designed and tested to operate for a minimum of 5 millionmaintenance-free cycles.
■ Series RL Rotary Actuators are available in both imperial andmetric versions for worldwide markets.
■ Optional built-in adjustable cushions reduce shock at end ofrotation and increase load stopping capacity.
■ Optional 45° angle adjustments make it easy to adjust tospecific rotation requirements. This provides a total range ofactuator rotations from 0° to 270°.
■ Optional built-in hydraulic shock absorbers provide smoothdeceleration of attached loads.
■ Optional keyless hub adaptors available for easy and securemounting of interface components to the actuator output shaft.These adaptors allow precise angular positioning of mounteddevices at any required angle.
■ PHD Miniature Proximity Switches mount easily into slots inthe actuator's body for interfacing with an electrical controller.Units can be specified for use with PHD’s Miniature Reed, HallEffect, or Magnetoresistive Switches.
SPECIFICATIONS 12 mm-63 mmPISTON SEALS One Block Vee per PistonPISTONS Free Floating, AcetalPINION SHAFTS One Piece Alloy SteelRACKS Alloy SteelEND CAPS Clear Anodized AluminumBODY Hardcoated AluminumBEARINGS Two Steel Ball BearingsPORTS NPT [BSP]BREAKAWAY PRESSURE 5 psi [0.35 bar]LUBRICATION Permanent for Non-Lube AirWORKING PRESSURE 150 psi [10 bar] Air Max.STANDARD ROTATIONS 45°, 90°, 135°, 180°, 225°, 270°OPTIONS Cushions, Shock Pads,
Shock Absorber,Magnets for Proximity Switches,
Angle Adjustments, Mounting Surface,Double Pinion Shaft
ACCESSORIES Keyless Hub Adaptor
3A-4
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rl CAT-03
DIMENSIONS: SERIES RL ROTARY ACTUATORS
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
1
3
2B
E SQ
EE
D
U x .067 [1.7] DP L
K
J/2J
T
P
Q
G PORT
SLOT FOROPTIONAL SWITCH
-Q13 SPECIFIEDWHEN ORDERING
R KEYRLS112 - SEE FIGURE 1 BELOWRLS116, RLS120, RLS125 - WOODRUFF KEYALL OTHERS USE SQUARE/RECTANGULAR KEY
M
M/2
H MTG THREAD4X FRONT4X BOTTOM(POS 2 & 3 ONLY)
N/2N
FA
C
C/2
NOTES:1) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE PORT MOUNTING SURFACE POSITION2) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE FOR METRIC UNITS AND ARE IN mm3) KEYWAY SHOWN AT MID ROTATION
.170
.394
FIGURE 1FOR RLS112 ONLY
QA 4
5
3A-5
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rlCAT-03
DIMENSIONS: SERIES RL ROTARY ACTUATORS
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
H
4-40 x .224[M3 x 0.5 x 6.0]
4-40 x .224[M3 x 0.5 x 6.0]
6-32 x .276[M4 x 0.7 x 8.0]
10-24 x .380[M5 x 0.8 x 10.0]
10-24 x .380[M5 x 0.8 x 10.0]
1/4-20 x .500[M6 x 1.0 x 12.0]
5/16-18 x .625[M8 x 1.25 x 16.0]
5/16-18 x .625[M8 x 1.25 x 16.0]
G PORT
10-32 THD[M5 x 0.8]
10-32 THD[M5 x 0.8]
10-32 THD[M5 x 0.8]
1/8 NPT[1/8 BSP]
1/8 NPT[1/8 BSP]
1/8 NPT[1/8 BSP]
1/4 NPT[1/4 BSP]
1/4 NPT[1/4 BSP]
EE
.482[12.25]
.541[13.75]
.630[16.0]
.758[19.25]
.866[22.0]
1.043[26.5]
1.240[31.5]
1.486[37.75]
.964[24.5]
1.082[27.5]
1.260[32.0]
1.516[38.5]
1.732[44.0]
2.086[53.0]
2.480[63.0]
2.972[75.5]
E
.448[11.5]
.530[13.5]
.532[13.5]
.623[16.0]
.788[20.0]
.866[22.0]
1.004[25.5]
1.279[32.5]
D
1.024[26.0]
1.142[29.0]
1.300[33.0]
1.556[39.5]
1.772[45.0]
2.126[54.0]
2.540[64.5]
3.168[80.5]
C
1.201[30.5]
1.378[35.0]
1.634[41.5]
1.811[46.0]
2.244[57.0]
2.579[65.5]
3.248[82.5]
3.858[98.0]
B
.374[9.5]
.374[9.5]
.374[9.5]
.473[12.0]
.473[12.0]
.473[12.0]
.650[16.5]
.650[16.5]
F
BORE SIZE
12 mm
16 mm
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
50 mm
63 mm
J
1.062[27.0]
1.142[29.0]
1.102[28.0]
1.378[35.0]
1.614[41.0]
2.028[51.5]
2.480[63.0]
2.716[69.0]
K
.866[22.0]
1.004[25.5]
1.220[31.0]
1.397[35.5]
1.850[47.0]
2.146[54.5]
2.677[68.0]
3.248[82.5]
L
.335[8.5]
.373[9.5]
.354[9.0]
.443[11.25]
.631[16.0]
.650[16.5]
.670[17.0]
.945[24.0]
M
1.378[35.0]
1.536[39.0]
1.516[38.5]
1.968[50.0]
2.204[56.0]
2.874[73.0]
3.308[84.0]
3.544[90.0]
N
.630[16.0]
.650[16.5]
.906[23.0]
1.182[30.0]
1.260[32.0]
1.534[39.0]
1.850[47.0]
2.204[56.0]
P [h8]
.1875[6.0]
.2495[8.0]
.3125[8.0]
.3745[10.0]
.4995[14.0]
.6245[16.0]
.7495[20.0]
.9995[30.0]
.630[16.0]
.748[19.0]
.748[19.0]
1.004[25.5]
1.260[32.0]
1.496[38.0]
1.752[44.5]
2.007[51.0]
Q
.233[5.9]
.289[7.3]
.349[8.9]
.292[7.4]
.488[12.4]
.476[12.1]
.725[18.4]
.849[21.6]
T
.7485[19.0]
.8666[22.0]
.8666[22.0]
1.0241[26.0]
1.2603[32.0]
1.3785[35.0]
1.6540[42.0]
2.1659[55.0]
UR
SEE FIGURE 1[2.0 SQ x 10.0]
203 WOODRUFF[3.0 SQ x 14.0]
204 WOODRUFF[3.0 SQ x 14.0]
204 WOODRUFF[3.0 SQ x 16.0]
1/8 SQ x 3/4[5.0 SQ x 20.0]
3/16 SQ x 1.00[5.0 SQ x 25.0]
3/16 SQ x 1-1/4[6.0 SQ x 30.0]
1/4 SQ x 1-3/8[8.0 x 7.0 x 36.0 RECT]
A2.047 [52.0]2.579 [65.5]3.110 [79.0]2.461 [62.5]3.091 [78.5]3.563 [90.5]2.854 [72.5]3.248 [82.5]3.957 [100.5]3.504 [89.0]3.976 [101.0]4.921 [125.0]3.720 [94.5]4.705 [119.5]5.866 [149.0]4.626 [117.5]5.925 [150.5]7.500 [190.0]5.295 [134.5]6.850 [174.0]8.661 [220.0]6.535 [166.0]8.504 [216.0]10.846 [275.5]
NOMINAL ROTATION45° OR 90°
135° OR 180°225° OR 270°45° OR 90°
135° OR 180°225° OR 270°45° OR 90°
135° OR 180°225° OR 270°45° OR 90°
135° OR 180°225° OR 270°45° OR 90°
135° OR 180°225° OR 270°45° OR 90°
135° OR 180°225° OR 270°45° OR 90°
135° OR 180°225° OR 270°45° OR 90°
135° OR 180°225° OR 270°
BORE SIZE
12 mm
16 mm
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
50 mm
63 mm
Numbers in [ ] are for metric units and are in mm.
.312[7.92]
.437[11.1]
.437[11.1]
QA
—
—
—
—
—
3A-6
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rl CAT-03
MAXIMUMBORE SIZE BACKLASH
12 mm & 16 mm 1° 30'20 mm & 25 mm 1° 0'32 mm & 40 mm 0° 45'50 mm & 63 mm 0° 30'
MAXIMUMBORE SIZE VELOCITY
12 mm & 16 mm 180°/.030 sec20 mm, 25 mm, & 32 mm 180°/.050 sec
40 mm 180°/.060 sec50 mm & 63 mm 180°/.075 sec
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES RL ROTARY ACTUATORS
PRESSURE AND BREAKAWAY RATINGSAll Series RL Rotary Actuators have a maximum pressure
rating of 150 psi [10 bar] with a 5 psi [0.3 bar] breakaway pressure.They are for pneumatic application only.
OPERATING TEMPERATURESStandard Series RL Rotary Actuators are recommended for use
in temperatures from -20° to +180°F [-28° to +82°C]. Consult PHDfor operation at temperatures outside this range.
LUBRICATIONAll units are pre-lubricated at assembly for operation with
non-lubricated air. Service life can be extended by periodiclubrication of the rack and pinion with high grade bearing greaseand by using lubricated air.
ANGLE OF ROTATIONStandard angles of rotation are 45°, 90°, 135°, 180°, 225°, and
270°. Consult PHD for other rotation requirements. All units withoptional angle adjustments provide 90° of total angle adjustment.
ROTATIONAL TOLERANCEThe total rotational tolerance of the Series RL Rotary Actuator
is +10°, -0° on specified rotation.
BACKLASH
DISPLACEMENTin2
.18
.31
.49
.761.251.953.044.83
mm2
112.90201.29314.19490.32804.19
1256.641963.483117.41
in3/DEG. ROT..0005.001.002.004.008.017.032.063
mm3/DEG. ROT.8.19
16.3932.7765.55
131.10278.58524.39
1032.38
BORESIZE
12 mm16 mm20 mm25 mm32 mm40 mm50 mm63 mm
GEAR RACKS45°-270°
11111111
PISTON DIAMETER PISTON AREA
RL SPECIFICATIONS
in.47.63.79.981.261.581.972.48
mm1216202532405063
BEARING LOADS TABLEDISTANCEBETWEENBEARINGS
RADIALBEARING LOAD
CAPACITY
AXIALBEARING LOAD
CAPACITYBORESIZE
12 mm16 mm20 mm25 mm32 mm40 mm50 mm63 mm
in.65.73.891.111.281.601.932.52
mm16.618.622.628.132.640.649.164.1
N7341023102314231734186829354114
lb165230230320390420660925
N11517317348971181812672001
lb263939110160184285450
ROTATIONAL VELOCITY
3A-7
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rlCAT-03
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES RL ROTARY ACTUATORSTHEORETICAL TORQUE OUTPUT
BORE SIZE12 mm
INPUTPRESSURE 16 mm 20 mm 25 mm 32 mm 40mm 50 mm 63 mmpsi405060708090100120130140150
bar2.73.44.14.85.56.26.88.28.99.610
in-lb1.21.51.82.02.32.62.93.53.84.14.4
Nm.13.16.20.23.26.30.33.40.43.46.49
in-lb2.53.13.74.45.05.66.27.58.18.79.4
Nm.28.35.42.49.56.64.71.85.92.991.1
in-lb4.96.17.38.59.7111215161718
Nm.55.69.83.961.11.21.41.71.81.92.1
in-lb9.111141618212327303234
Nm1.01.31.61.82.12.32.63.13.43.63.9
in-lb1923283337424756616570
Nm2.12.63.23.74.24.85.36.36.97.47.9
in-lb39495868788897117127136146
Nm4.45.56.67.78.89.91113141517
in-lb7391110128146164183219237256274
Nm8.310121417192125272931
in-lb145181217254290326362435471507544
Nm1620252933374149535761
45° OR 90°
ROTARY ACTUATOR WEIGHT TABLENOMINAL ROTATION
lb0.30.40.40.40.50.60.70.90.91.11.41.41.72.02.42.63.23.65.26.06.89.2
10.410.6
kg0.130.180.180.180.230.270.320.410.410.500.640.640.770.911.071.171.451.632.362.723.084.174.714.81
lb0.40.40.50.50.60.70.80.91.01.21.51.52.02.32.73.34.04.36.06.77.6
10.511.812.0
kg0.180.180.220.220.270.320.360.410.450.540.680.680.911.041.221.491.811.952.723.043.454.765.355.44
lb0.40.50.50.60.70.70.91.01.11.41.61.72.32.73.04.34.95.36.97.78.5
12.313.513.7
kg0.180.220.220.270.320.320.410.450.500.640.700.801.041.221.361.952.222.403.133.493.855.576.126.21
TYPE OFUNIT
PLAINCUSHION
ANGLE ADJUSTMENTPLAIN
CUSHIONANGLE ADJUSTMENT
PLAINCUSHION
ANGLE ADJUSTMENTPLAIN
CUSHIONANGLE ADJUSTMENT
PLAINCUSHION
ANGLE ADJUSTMENTPLAIN
CUSHIONANGLE ADJUSTMENT
PLAINCUSHION
ANGLE ADJUSTMENTPLAIN
CUSHIONANGLE ADJUSTMENT
BORESIZE
12 mm
16 mm
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
50 mm
63 mm
135° OR 180° 225° OR 270°
NOTE: Units with shock pad options are the same approximate weight as plain units. Unitswith shock absorber options are the same approximate weight as units with angle adjustment.
3A-8
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rl CAT-03
OPTIONS: SERIES RL ROTARY ACTUATORS
AB 45° ANGLE ADJUSTMENTBOTH DIRECTIONS
AC 45° ANGLE ADJUSTMENTCOUNTERCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
AW 45° ANGLE ADJUSTMENTCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
Angle adjustment screws each allow the nominal angle ofrotation to be reduced by up to 45° from each end of rotation (-ACor -AW options). With adjustments at both ends of the unit, a totalreduction of 90° (-AB option) can be achieved. Angle adjustment isavailable in either or both directions.
NOTE: Angle adjustment options are not available with cushionor shock absorber options in the same direction.
F
G PORT
Y HEX
T
EE
E SQ
THREAD SEAL AND WASHER
ANGLE ADJUSTMENT SCREW
V MAX
BORE SIZE12 mm16 mm20 mm25 mm32 mm40 mm50 mm63 mm
NOMINAL ROTATION45°, 90°, 180°, 270°45°, 90°, 180°, 270°45°, 90°, 180°, 270°45°, 90°, 180°, 270°45°, 90°, 180°, 270°45°, 90°, 180°, 270°45°, 90°, 180°, 270°45°, 90°, 180°, 270°
E.964 [24.5]1.082 [27.5]1.260 [32.0]1.516 [38.5]1.732 [44.0]2.086 [53.0]2.480 [63.0]2.972 [75.5]
EE.482 [12.25].541 [13.75].630 [16.0].758 [19.25].866 [22.0]1.043 [26.5]1.240 [31.5]1.486 [37.75]
F.552 [14.0].552 [14.0].552 [14.0].827 [21.0].827 [21.0].984 [25.0]1.024 [26.0]1.024 [26.0]
G10-32 THD [M5 x 0.8]10-32 THD [M5 x 0.8]10-32 THD [M5 x 0.8]
1/8 NPT [1/8 BSP]1/8 NPT [1/8 BSP]1/8 NPT [1/8 BSP]1/4 NPT [1/4 BSP]1/4 NPT [1/4 BSP]
T.233 [5.9].289 [7.3].349 [8.9].292 [7.4].488 [12.4].476 [12.1].725 [18.4].849 [21.6]
V.511 [13.0].649 [16.5].747 [19.0].767 [19.5].984 [25.0]1.421 [36.1]1.378 [35.0]1.378 [35.0]
Y4 mm4 mm6 mm6 mm8 mm10 mm10 mm10 mm
Numbers in [ ] are for metric units and are in mm.
BB SHOCK PAD INSTALLEDBOTH DIRECTIONS
BC SHOCK PAD INSTALLEDCOUNTERCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
BW SHOCK PAD INSTALLEDCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
Polyurethane shock pads for noise reduction and absorption ofshock at ends of rotation are available on each end of Series RLRotary Actuators. Reduction of shock permits higher pistonvelocities for shorter cycle times. Noise reduction is beneficial forthe working environment. See pages 3A-14 through 3A-15 forinformation on unit stopping capacity.
NOTE: Shock pad options are not available on 12 mm units, orwith shock absorber or cushion options in the same direction.
SHOCK PADS
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
3A-9
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rlCAT-03
OPTIONS: SERIES RL ROTARY ACTUATORS
DB
DC CUSHION COUNTERCLOCKWISEDIRECTION
DW
1
3
2
E SQUARE
EE
T
G PORTF E/2
CUSHION CLOCKWISE
CUSHIONCOUNTERCLOCKWISE
4
CUSHION BOTH DIRECTIONS
CUSHION CLOCKWISE DIRECTION
PHD Cushions allow smooth deceleration at the end of rotation.When a cushion is activated, the remaining volume of air in theexhaust side of the actuator is expelled through an adjustable needlevalve, controlling the rate of deceleration of the pinion shaft. Theeffective cushion length is approximately 40° at the end of fullnominal rotation. See pages 3A-14 through 3A-15 for informationon unit stopping capacity.
Cushion performance will not be realized on units of 45° orless due to 40° of effective cushion length.
NOTE: Cushion options are not available with angle adjustment,shock absorber, or shock pad options in the same direction.
BORE SIZE12 mm16 mm20 mm25 mm32 mm40 mm50 mm63 mm
NOMINAL ROTATION45°, 90°, 135°,180°, 225°, 270°45°, 90°, 135°,180°, 225°, 270°45°, 90°, 135°,180°, 225°, 270°45°, 90°, 135°,180°, 225°, 270°45°, 90°, 135°,180°, 225°, 270°45°, 90°, 135°,180°, 225°, 270°45°, 90°, 135°,180°, 225°, 270°45°, 90°, 135°,180°, 225°, 270°
E.964 [24.5]
1.082 [27.5]1.260 [32.0]1.516 [38.5]1.732 [44.0]2.086 [53.0]2.480 [63.0]2.972 [75.5]
EE.226 [5.75].728 [18.5].856 [21.75]1.043 [26.5]1.161 [29.5]1.457 [37.0]1.752 [44.5]1.998 [50.75]
F.728 [18.5].827 [21.0].866 [22.0]1.004 [25.5]1.063 [27.0]1.142 [29.0]1.260 [32.0]1.260 [32.0]
G10-32 THD [M5 x 0.8]10-32 THD [M5 x 0.8]10-32 THD [M5 x 0.8]
1/8 NPT [1/8 BSP]1/8 NPT [1/8 BSP]1/8 NPT [1/8 BSP]1/4 NPT [1/4 BSP]1/4 NPT [1/4 BSP]
T.233 [5.9].289 [7.3].349 [8.9].292 [7.4].488 [12.4].476 [12.1].725 [18.4].849 [21.6]
Numbers in [ ] are for metric units and are in mm.
This option provides mounting holes on the back side(position 4) and the bottom side (position 3). Standard units aresupplied with mounting holes on the front side (position 2) and thebottom side (position 3). The mounting pattern for this option isidentical to the pattern shown in the dimensions on pages3A-4 and 3A-5.
GX MOUNTING HOLES INPOSITIONS 3 & 4
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
1
3
2 4
5
3A-10
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rl CAT-03
OPTIONS: SERIES RL ROTARY ACTUATORS
E MAGNETS FOR PHD MINIATUREHALL EFFECT SWITCHES
This option equips the rotary actuator with magnets on the rackfor use with PHD Series 5360 Miniature Hall Effect Switches. Theseswitches mount easily to the actuator using the “T” slot in the top ofthe body. Not available on 12 mm and 16 mm units.
.317 [8.0]
I MAGNETS FOR PHD MINIATUREMAGNETORESISTIVE SWITCHES
This option equips the rotary actuator with magnets on the rackfor use with PHD Magnetoresistive Switches. These switches mounteasily to the actuator using the “T” slot in the top of the body.Minimum sensing rotation of 90° for 12 mm and 16 mm units.
M MAGNETS FOR PHD MINIATUREREED SWITCHES
This option equips the rotary actuator with magnets on the rackfor use with PHD Series 5360 Miniature Reed Switches. Theseswitches mount easily to the actuator using the “T” slot in the top ofthe body. Not available on 12 mm units. Minimum sensing rotationof 90° for 16 mm units.
PHD Series 5360 Miniature Hall Effect, Reed, andMagnetoresistive Switches are designed specifically to providean input signal to various types of programmable controllers oflogic systems. See Switches and Sensors section for information onthe Series 5360 Miniature Switches.
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
PART NO.53603-1-0253604-1-0253623-153624-1
COLORYellowRedYellowRed
DESCRIPTIONNPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cablePNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cableNPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick ConnectPNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect
PART NO.53602-2-0253609-2-02
53622-253629-2
COLORWhiteGreen
WhiteGreen
DESCRIPTIONSink or Source Type 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cableAC Type 110-120 VAC with Current Limit,2 meter cableSink or Source Type VDC, Quick ConnectAC Type 110-120 VAC, Quick Connectwith Current Limit
PART NO.53605-1-0253606-1-0253625-153626-1
COLORBlackOrangeBlackOrange
DESCRIPTIONNPN 6-24 VDC, 2 m cablePNP 6-24 VDC, 2 m cableNPN 6-24 VDC, Quick ConnectPNP 6-24 VDC, Quick Connect
3A-11
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rlCAT-03
Hydraulic shock absorbers provide optimum control ofdeceleration and maximum load stopping capacity. The -NB, -NC,and -NW options equip the rotary actuator with a hydraulic shockabsorber installed in the cap(s). See pages 3A-14 through 3A-15 fordetails of stopping capacity with built-in shock absorbers. Shockabsorbers are nominally effective for 45° of rotation each direction.
NOTE: The shock absorber also provides the rotationadjustment. Shock absorber options are not available on 12 mm,16 mm, or 20 mm units or with angle adjustment, cushion, or shockpad options in the same direction.
OPTIONS: SERIES RL ROTARY ACTUATORS
NB SHOCK ABSORBER INSTALLEDBOTH DIRECTIONS
NC SHOCK ABSORBER INSTALLEDCOUNTERCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
NW SHOCK ABSORBER INSTALLEDCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
SHOCK ABSORBER SPECIFICATIONS
BORESIZE
25 mm32 mm40 mm50 mm63 mm
PHDSHOCK
ABSORBERNUMBER60335-0460335-0560335-0660335-0660335-07
THREADTYPE
9/16-183/4-161-121-121-12
SHOCKABSORBER
WEIGHTlb.12.34.57.57.57
kg.05.15.26.26.26
in-lb2.004.0010.0016.0028.00
Nm.23.451.131.813.16
KINETICENERGY
LOADSTROKEin.19.25.29.29.37
mm4.836.357.377.379.40
in2.352.753.813.773.76
mm59.769.696.895.895.4
AMAX.
in.50.69.88.88.88
mm12.717.522.222.222.2
B ACROSSFLATS
in.827.827.9841.0241.024
mm21.021.025.026.026.0
F
SHOCK ABSORBERMOUNTING HOLE(CLOCKWISE)
PHD,Inc.
SHOCK ABSORBERREADY CAPS
SHOCK ABSORBERMOUNTING HOLE(COUNTERCLOCKWISE)
PHD,In c.
SHOCK ABSORBER(COUNTERCLOCKWISE)
SHOCK LOCK NUT
SHOCK ABSORBER(CLOCKWISE)
CAP
THREAD SEALCOVER
WASHER
B ACROSSFLATS
A MAXF
GS SHOCK ABSORBER READYBOTH DIRECTIONS
GT SHOCK ABSORBER READYCOUNTERCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
GU SHOCK ABSORBER READYCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
The -GS, -GT, and -GU options should only be ordered if theshock absorber(s) is to be supplied separately from the rotaryactuator. These options make provisions for the installation ofhydraulic shock absorbers but do not include the shock absorberunits. They include the shock sealing kit for each direction ordered.See pages 3A-14 through 3A-15 for details of stopping capacity withbuilt-in shock absorbers.
NOTE: The shock absorber also provides rotation adjustment.Shock absorbers must be installed in the rotary actuator body priorto operating the unit. Operation without shock absorbers can
damage the actuator and void the warranty. Only shock absorbersspecified by PHD should be used in Series RL Rotary Actuators. Theuse of any other shock absorbers will adversely affect actuatorperformance and service life.
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
3A-12
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rl CAT-03
OPTIONS: SERIES RL ROTARY ACTUATORS
Q13 DOUBLE SHAFT EXTENSION
This option provides a shaft extension out the front side(position 2) and the back side (position 4) of the actuator. Thisdouble shaft extension can be used for mounting tooling, fixturing,or for tripping external proximity switches. The one-piece pinionconstruction provides the same bearing load capacities for bothfront and rear shaft extensions.
BORE SIZE P [h8].1875[6.0].2495[8.0].3125[8.0].3745[10.0].4995[14.0].6245[16.0].7495[20.0].9995[30.0]
Q.630
[16.0].748
[19.0].748
[19.0]1.004[25.5]1.260[32.0]1.496[38.0]1.752[44.5]2.007[51.0]
RSEE FIGURE 1, PAGE 3A-4
[2.0 SQ x 10.0]203 WOODRUFF[3.0 SQ x 14.0]204 WOODRUFF[3.0 SQ x 14.0]204 WOODRUFF[3.0 SQ x 16.0]
1/8 SQ x 3/4[5.0 SQ x 20.0]3/16 SQ x 1.00[5.0 SQ x 25.0]3/16 SQ x 1-1/4[6.0 SQ x 30.0]1/4 SQ x 1-3/8
[8.0 x 7.0 x 36.0 RECT]
12 mm
16 mm
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
50 mm
63 mm
Numbers in [ ] are for metric units and are in mm.
Port positions on units with angle adjustment or shockabsorber options are provided with a standard port in position 1.The port position may be rotated by specifying the desired option.
U6
U4
U8
PORT POSITION 3
PORT POSITION 2
PORT POSITION 4
4
5
1
3
2
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
BORE SIZE P [h8].1875[6.0].2495[8.0].3125[8.0].3745[10.0].4995[14.0].6245[16.0].7495[20.0].9995[30.0]
Q.630
[16.0].748
[19.0].748
[19.0]1.004[25.5]1.260[32.0]1.496[38.0]1.752[44.5]2.007[51.0]
RSEE FIGURE 1, PAGE 3A-4
[2.0 SQ x 10.0]203 WOODRUFF[3.0 SQ x 14.0]204 WOODRUFF[3.0 SQ x 14.0]204 WOODRUFF[3.0 SQ x 16.0]
1/8 SQ x 3/4[5.0 SQ x 20.0]3/16 SQ x 1.00[5.0 SQ x 25.0]3/16 SQ x 1-1/4[6.0 SQ x 30.0]1/4 SQ x 1-3/8
[8.0 x 7.0 x 36.0 RECT]
12 mm
16 mm
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
50 mm
63 mm
Numbers in [ ] are for metric units and are in mm.
3A-13
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rlCAT-03
ACCESSORIES: SERIES RL ROTARY ACTUATORSKEYLESS HUB ADAPTOR KIT
This kit provides an output hub for simple attachment oftooling or other PHD actuators to the Series RL Rotary Actuators.The PHD Keyless Hub Adaptor can be precisely adjusted to anyangular and axial position on the rotary actuator shaft for maximumapplication versatility.
KEYLESS HUB ADAPTOR
GRIPPER
HUB/MTG COMPONENTNOT INCLUDED
Ø d SHAFT
BA ACROSS FLATS
(HEX)
D
L2L1
.050 [1.27 mm] MIN
IMPERIALUNIT
RLS112RLS116RLS120RLS125RLS132RLS140RLS150RLS163
TRANTORQUEPART
NUMBER62021036202105620210762021096202112620212062021606202240
PHDPART
NUMBER60264-0160264-0260264-0360264-0460264-0660264-0960264-1160264-15
din
.188
.250
.313
.375
.500
.625
.7501.00
Din
.625
.625
.750
.750
.8751.501.501.75
L1in
.750
.750
.875
.8751.001.501.50
1.875
Bin
.125
.125
.125
.125
.188
.313
.313
.438
Ain
.500
.500
.625
.625
.7501.251.251.50
TORQUEin-lb100150200250350
175025003500
MAX. TRANSMISSIBLEL2in
.375
.375
.438
.438
.500
.750
.750
.875
METRICUNIT
RLS512RLS516RLS520RLS525RLS532RLS540RLS550RLS563
TRANTORQUEPART
NUMBER62026606202680620268062027006202740620276062028116202835
PHDPART
NUMBER60265-0260265-0460265-0460265-0660265-0960265-1160265-1760265-22
dmm
688
1014162030
Dmm16.019.019.022.525.525.545.051.0
L1mm19.022.022.025.528.528.547.557.0
Bmm
335555
1113
Amm1316161922223846
TORQUENm162323304450
290580
THRUSTkN3.44.04.04.24.44.5
21.035.4
WEIGHTkg
0.0140.0280.0280.0420.5600.5600.3100.450
MAX. TRANSMISSIBLEL2
mm9.5
11.011.012.516.016.021.521.5
INSTALLATIONTORQUE ON NUT
in-lb125125150150175
120012001500
THRUSTlb
700790890925980
330044006600
WEIGHToz.50.501.01.01.58.08.0
11.0
INSTALLATIONTORQUE ON NUT
Nm19.117.017.019.822.622.6170225
NOTE: The torque required to install Trantorque adaptors exceeds the maximum value that can be safely applied to the rack and pinionassembly of Series RL Rotary Actuators. The tooling or component attached to the Trantorque adaptor must be constrained, to avoidexcessive loading on the pinion gear, while the nut is being tightened to the torque specified above. Failure to follow this procedure willresult in damage to the actuator.
DTOL.
± .0015± .0015± .0015± .0015± .0015± .0015± .003± .003
DTOL.
± .0015± .0015± .0015± .0015± .0015± .0015± .003± .003
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
3A-14
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rl CAT-03
3) Determine the stopping capacity of the actuator by using theequation given below.
a) Determine the rotational velocity by using equation A.
To select the appropriate RL rotary actuator, it is crucial to considerseveral factors including bearing capacity, torque requirements andstopping capacity of the actuator. The bearing capacities are listedon page 3A-6. To determine the required torque to rotate the load ina given time, the rotational mass moments of inertia, gravity, timeand acceleration must be taken into account. To stop an actuator, allof the same required information for torque is needed plus kineticenergy. Follow the steps below to select the appropriate RL actuator.
1) Review pages 3A-6 to make sure RL rotary actuator bearingscan withstand axial and radial bearing loads.
2) Determine the torque requirements of the actuator.
a) Determine Mass Moment of Inertia.Select the illustration from the application types on thefollowing page that most resembles your specificapplication. Several separate calculations may benecessary to fully describe your application. Using theappropriate application equation, calculate the massmoment of inertia for each type of illustration. The totalmass moment of inertia will be the sum of the individualcalculations.
b) Determine the necessary acceleration.
c) Calculate the required torque.Select the illustration from the application types on thefollowing page that most resembles your specificapplication. Several separate calculations may benecessary to fully describe your application. Using theappropriate application equation, calculate the massmoment of inertia for each type of illustration. The totaltorque will be the sum of the individual calculations.Note: Torque calculations are theoretical, an appropriatesafety factor should be considered. PHD recommends aminimum safety factor of 2 to account for friction loss,airline and valve size, and attached accessories.
Acceleration (α) =
ROTARY ACTUATOR SELECTION: RL ROTARY ACTUATORS
.0175 x Degrees of RotationTime of Rotation in seconds
ROTATIONAL VELOCITY EQUATIONS
KINETIC ENERGY BASIC EQUATIONKE = 1/2 Jm ω2 (Fa)
Average Velocity (rad/sec)Uniformly accelerated from rest
ω = =radsec
EQUATION A
2 x (Rotation angle in radians)
(Time of Rotation in Seconds)2
.035 x (Rotation angle in degrees)
(Time of Rotation in Seconds)2Acceleration (α) =
KINETIC ENERGY TABLEKE MAX. WITH
SHOCK ABSORBERKE MAX. WITH
CUSHIONKE MAX. WITH
SHOCK PADKE MAX.
PLAIN UNITBORESIZE
12 mm16 mm20 mm25 mm32 mm40 mm50 mm63 mm
———
2.004.0010.0016.0028.00
in-lb———
.2260
.45201.13001.80803.1640
Nm.35.53.60.741.613.365.957.00
in-lb.0396.0599.0678.0836.1819.3800.6724.7910
Nm—.26.30.37.811.682.983.50
in-lb—
.0294
.0390
.0418
.0915
.1898
.3367
.3955
Nm.10.15.17.21.46.961.702.00
in-lb.0113.0170.0192.0237.0520.1085.1921.226
Nm
APPLICATIONFACTORS (Fa)
UNITDESCRIPTION
plain unitwith cushionwith shocks
44
1.35
b) Using Jm from step 2a and velocity from step 3a,calculate the kinetic energy of the application.
c) Select an appropriate Fa factor from the table below.
d) Use the KE Energy Table below to select appropriateRL actuator.
3A-15
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rlCAT-03
Jm = x k2Fg
g
kFg
k dim isradiusof rod
Jm = x12
Fg
ga2 + 3k2
( ) ( )Fg1
gJm = x (4a2 + 3k2)
12+ Fg2
g(4b2 + 3k2)
12
( )k2Jm = +L2
3Fg
gxx 1
4
k dim isradiusof rod
b-a2
x
Tg = [(Jm x α) + (Fg x k)] x SFT = Jm x α x SF
kk
Jm = x k2
2Fg
g
DiskEnd mounted on center
DiskMounted on center
L
k
a
aFg1
Fg2
b
a2 + b2
12Jm = xFg
g
Rectangular PlateMounted on center
Rectangular PlateMounted off center
Solid SphereMounted on center
RodMounted on center
RodMounted off center
Jm = x 4a2 + c2
12+ x 4b2 + c2
12Fg1
gFg2
g
c Fg2
a
Fg1b
Jm = x x k225
Fg
g
Point Load
UNBALANCED LOADSTg = [(Jm x α) + [(Fg2 - Fg1) x (a + ( ))]] x SF
T = Jm x α x SF
LOAD ORIENTATION
Tg = Rotating Vertically(with gravity)
T = Rotating Horizontally(without gravity)
UNBALANCED LOADS
a
b
ROTARY ACTUATOR SELECTION: SERIES RLIMPERIAL UNITS:Jm = Rotational Mass Moment of Inertia (in-lb-sec2) (Dependent on physical size of object and weight)g = Gravitational Constant = 386.4 in/sec2 Fg = Weight of Load (lb) k = Radius of Gyration (in)T = Torque required to rotate load (in-lbs) α = Acceleration (rad/sec2) t = time (sec)SF = Safety Factor
METRIC UNITS:Jm = Rotational Mass Moment of Inertia (N-m-sec2) (Dependent on physical size of object and weight)g = Gravitational Constant = 9.81 m/sec2 Fg = Weight of Load (N) k = Radius of Gyration (m)T = Torque required to rotate load (N-m) α = Acceleration (rad/sec2) t = time (sec)M = Mass = Fg / g (kg) SF = Safety Factor
BALANCED LOADST = Jm x α x SF
3A-16
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rl CAT-03
APPLICATION EXAMPLE: SERIES RL ROTARY ACTUATORS
k1.00
[25.4]
1.75[44.45]
k
180°.1 sec
rotation angle (deg)rotational time (sec)
EXAMPLE A-Disk rotating about centerline of unit.
xJm =Fg k2
g 2 Jm =
x
xFg k2
g 2
1.05 N (.0222m) 2
9.81 2xJm =
.236 lb (.875 in) 2
386.4 2
α = .035 x rotational angle (deg)[rotational time (sec)]2
α = .035 x = 630 rad/sec2180°(.1 sec)2
Jm =
b) Using Jm from step 2a and velocity from step 3a, determineKE of the system from the basic KE equation:
IMPERIAL METRICKE = 1/2 x Jm x ω 2 x Fa KE = 1/2 x Jm x ω 2 x Fa
KE = .5 x .000234 x 31.52 x 4 KE = .5 x 2.64 x 10-5 x 31.52 x 4KE = .464 in-lbs KE = .052 N-m
IF SHOCKS ARE USED:IMPERIAL METRIC
KE = 1/2 x Jm x ω2 x Fa KE = 1/2 x Jm x ω2 x FaKE = .5 x .000234 x 31.52 x 1.35 KE = .5 x 2.64 x 10-5 x 31.52 x 1.35
KE = .157 in-lbs KE = .018 N-m
When the recommended shocks are used, three times the KE canbe handled, or conversely, a smaller unit can be used.
c) Use the KE Energy table on page 3A-14 to select theappropriate RL actuator. The following units satisfy therequirements. 32 mm plain, 32 mm with shock pad,or 25 mm with cushions.
T = Jm x α x 2
T = 2.64 x 10-5 x 630 x 2 = .03 N-m
Numbers in [ ] are for metricunits and are in mm.
1) Determine load information:
IMPERIAL METRICROTATION ANGLE / TIME 180°/.10 sec 180°/.10 secLOAD Aluminum Disk Aluminum DiskWEIGHT .236 lb 1.05 NMASS .107 KgPRESSURE 87 psi 6 barSAFETY FACTOR 2 2
2) Determine torque requirement for the application:
a) Calculate Rotational Mass Moment of Inertia (Jm) usingequations given on page 3A-15.
IMPERIAL METRIC
Jm = .000234 in-lb-sec2 Jm = 2.64 x 10-5 N-m-sec2
b) Determine required acceleration of the load:
c) Calculate required torque:
IMPERIAL METRIC
T = Jm x α x SF
T = .000234 x 630 x 2 = .29 in-lbs
Review torque chart on page 3A-7 for 87 psi [6 bar] to selectminimum actuator based on torque.
3) Determine the stopping capacity of the actuator for theapplication:
a) Determine the average rotational velocity using Equation Aon page 3A-14.
ω = rad/sec = .0175 x
ω = .0175 x = 31.5 rad/sec
3A-17
3A
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rlCAT-03
APPLICATION EXAMPLE: SERIES RL ROTARY ACTUATORS
2"[50.8]
(k)
1lb[4.45 N]
2"[50.8]
(b)
6" [152.4] (a)1) Determine load information:
IMPERIAL METRICROTATION ANGLE / TIME 180°/.5 sec 180°/.5 secRECTANGULAR PLATE Steel Plate Steel PlateWEIGHT 1.698 lb 7.55 NMASS .77 KgPOINT LOAD 1 lb 4.45 N
(2" off center) (50.8 mm off center)PRESSURE 87 psi 6 barSAFETY FACTOR 2 2
2) Determine torque requirement for the application:
a) Calculate Rotational Mass Moment of Inertia (Jm) usingequations given on page 3A-15.
POINT LOADIMPERIAL METRIC
Jm = .0104 in-lb-sec2 Jm = .00117 N-m-sec2
RECTANGULAR PLATEIMPERIAL METRIC
Jm = .0146 in-lb-sec2 Jm = .00165 N-m-sec2
Total Jm Total Jm = .0146+.0104=.025 in-lb-sec2 = .00165+.00117=.00282N-m-sec2
b) Determine required acceleration of the load:
c) Calculate required torque:
POINT LOADIMPERIAL METRIC
T = [(Jm x α)+(Fg x k)] x 2
T = [(.0140 x 25.2) + (1 x 2)] x 2
T = 4.5 in-lbs
Jm = x7.55 (.1524)2+(.0508)2
9.81 12
Jm = x
x (.0508 m)2
EXAMPLE B-Combination of rectangular plate mounted oncenter and a point load mounted off center.
4.45 N9.81
Jm =
Fg
g x k2Jm =
Jm = x
1 lb386.4
Fg
g x k2Jm =
x (2 in)2Jm =
1.698 62+22
386.4 12
Fg a2+b2
g 12
Jm = x
α = .035 x rotational angle (deg)[time (sec)]2
α = .035 x = 25.2 rad/sec2180°(.5 sec)2
rotation angle (deg)rotational time (sec)
180°.5 sec
Fg a2+b2
g 12
T = Jm x α x SF
T = .00166 x 25.2 x 2 = .084 N-m
Total T = .51 + .084 = .594 N-m
RECTANGULAR PLATEIMPERIAL METRIC
T = Jm x α x SF
T = .0146 x 25.2 x 2 = .74 in-lbs
Total T = 4.5 + .74 = 5.24 in-lbs
Review torque chart on page 3A-7 for 87 psi [6 bar] to selectminimum actuator based on torque.
3) Determine the stopping capacity of the actuator for theapplication:
a) Determine the average rotational velocity using Equation Aon page 3A-14.
ω = .0175 x ω = .0175 x = 6.3 rad/sec
b) Using Jm from step 2a and velocity from step 3a, determineKE of the system from the basic KE equation:
IMPERIAL METRICKE = 1/2 x Jm x ω 2 x Fa KE = 1/2 x Jm x ω 2 x FaKE = .5 x .025 x 6.32 x 4 KE = .5 x .00282 x 6.32 x 4
KE = 1.98 in-lbs KE = .224 N-m
IF SHOCKS ARE USED:IMPERIAL METRIC
KE = 1/2 x Jm x ω 2 x Fa KE = 1/2 x Jm x ω 2 x FaKE = .5 x .025 x 6.32 x 1.35 KE = .5 x .00282 x 6.32 x 1.35
KE = .66 in-lbs KE = .076 N-m
When the recommended shocks are used, three times the KE canbe handled, or conversely, a smaller rotary unit can be used.
c) Use the KE Energy table on page 3A-14 to select theappropriate RL actuator. The following units satisfy therequirements: 63 mm plain, 50 mm with shock pads, and40 mm with cushions.
Numbers in [ ] are for metricunits and are in mm.
T = [(Jm x α)+(Fg x k)] x SF
T = [(.00117 x 25.2) + (4.45 x .0508)] x 2
T = .51 N-m
3B
3B-1SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/raCAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATORSSERIES RA
INDEX:Ordering Data
Page 3B-2
BenefitsPage 3B-3
DimensionsPages 3B-4 and 3B-5
Engineering DataPages 3B-6 and 3B-7
OptionsPages 3B-8 to 3B-11
Rotary ActuatorSelection
Pages 3B-12 to 3B-13
Application ExamplePage 3B-14 to 3B-15
High Load and Stopping Capacity, Zero Backlash
3B
3B-2SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ra CAT-03
ORDERING DATA: SERIES RA ROTARY ACTUATORS
- Hal
l Effe
ct m
agne
ts fo
r Ser
ies
5360
Sw
itch
- Mag
neto
resi
stiv
e m
agne
ts fo
r Ser
ies
5360
Sw
itch
- Ree
d m
agne
ts fo
r Ser
ies
5360
Sw
itch
E I M
- Out
put h
ub- O
utpu
t hub
with
hol
low
pin
ion
shaf
t (
Avai
labl
e on
32
mm
–50
mm
uni
ts o
nly)
- Spl
ined
out
put s
haft
only
Q10
Q19
Q22
PHD
SHOC
KAB
SORB
ER N
O.56
722-
0156
722-
0256
722-
0356
722-
0456
722-
05
BORE
SIZE
20 m
m25
mm
32 m
m40
mm
50 m
m
- Cus
hion
bot
h di
rect
ions
- Cus
hion
cou
nter
cloc
kwis
e- C
ushi
on c
lock
wis
e
DB DC DW
1 5- I
mpe
rial
- Met
ric
PROD
UCT
R- R
otar
y Ac
tuat
orTY
PES
- 150
psi
[10
bar]
Air
Max
.
1S
AR
20
TO O
RDER
SPE
CIFY
:Pr
oduc
t, Se
ries,
Typ
e, D
esig
n No
., Bo
re S
ize,
Angl
e of
Rot
atio
n, a
nd O
ptio
ns.
PORT
CON
TROL
- Bot
h di
rect
ions
- Cou
nter
cloc
kwis
e- C
lock
wis
e
PB PC PW
20 m
m (.
78")
25 m
m (1
.0")
32 m
m (1
.25"
)40
mm
(1.5
")50
mm
(2.0
")
BORE
SIZ
E
E –
Q10
x–
––
180
PBNB
SWIT
CH R
EADY
OUTP
UT T
YPES
Switc
hes
mus
t be
orde
red
sepa
rate
ly. S
ee p
age
3B-9
.
DESI
GN N
O.SE
RIES
A- S
tand
ard
Duty
CUSH
ION
CONT
ROL
SHOC
K AB
SORB
ER- S
hock
inst
alle
d bo
th d
irect
ions
- Sho
ck in
stal
led
coun
terc
lock
wis
e- S
hock
inst
alle
d cl
ockw
ise
- Sho
ck re
ady
both
dire
ctio
ns- S
hock
read
y co
unte
rclo
ckw
ise
- Sho
ck re
ady
cloc
kwis
e
NB NC NW GS GT GU Shoc
k ab
sorb
ers
mus
t be
orde
red
sepa
rate
ly fo
r -GS
, -GT
, and
-GU
optio
ns.
225°
and
270
° uni
ts a
re s
tand
ard
shoc
k re
ady.
ANGL
E OF
ROT
ATIO
N45
°, 90
°, 13
5°, 1
80°,
225°
, 270
°
SHOC
K AB
SORB
ER C
HART
!Op
tions
may
affe
ct u
nit l
engt
h.Se
e un
it di
men
sion
and
opt
ions
page
s fo
r add
ers.
3B
3B-3SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/raCAT-03
BENEFITS: SERIES RA ROTARY ACTUATORS
BENEFITS
■ Series RA Rotary Actuators are available in five sizes and sixstandard rotations with torques ranging to 150 in-lb at 100 psi[17 Nm at 7 bar] to cover a wide range of applications.
■ All units have zero backlash at ends of rotation for preciserotary positioning.
■ The high strength steel alloy rack and one-piece pinion shaftare designed and tested to operate for a minimum of 10 millionmaintenance-free cycles.
■ Free floating pistons with pressure and wear compensatingseals provide long life and low friction with a 5 psi [0.3 bar]breakaway pressure.
■ Oversize sealed ball bearings and large pinion shaftsensure shaft stability under heavy loading and high loadstopping ability.
■ Built-in standard angle adjustments, of +10°, -45° on eachnominal angle rotation, make it easy to adjust to specificrotation requirements. This provides a total range of actuatorrotations from 0° to 280°. (+5° -22-1/2° from each end)
■ Mounting patterns on three surfaces provide flexibility indesign and unit mounting.
■ Units with rotations of 180° or less have all controladjustments and ports on top of the actuator saving space andeasing accessibility.
■ Optional built-in hydraulic shock absorbers provide smoothdeceleration of external loads and allow for greater loadstopping capacity.
■ Optional built-in flow controls save space and provide constantand accurate control of the rotation speed.
■ Optional built-in adjustable cushions reduce end-of-rotationshock and increase the unit's stopping capacity.
■ Optional hubbed pinion shaft provides a flat mounting surfacewith a four bolt pattern for easy mounting of tooling andaccessories to the actuator's shaft.
■ Miniature PHD Proximity Switches mount easily into slots inthe actuator's body for interfacing with an electrical controller.Units can be specified for use with PHD’s Miniature Reed orHall Effect Switches.
■ Series RA Rotary Actuators are available in both metricand imperial versions allowing flexibility in design for aworld market.
SPECIFICATIONS 20 mm-50 mmPISTON SEALS One Block Vee per PistonPISTONS Free Floating, Acetal MaterialPINION SHAFTS One Piece Alloy SteelRACKS Alloy SteelEND CAPS Clear Anodized AluminumBODY Hardcoated AluminumBEARINGS Two Steel Ball BearingsPORTS NPT [BSP]LUBRICATION Permanent for Non-Lube AirWORKING PRESSURE 150 psi [10 bar] Air Max.STANDARD ROTATIONS 45°, 90°, 135°, 180°, 225°, 270°OPTIONS Port Controls®, Cushions,
Output Hub, Shock Absorber,Magnets for Proximity Switches
3B
3B-4SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ra CAT-03
J
Q
2X ANGLE ADJUSTMENT
EE/2
B
D MAX
MA – 4X FRONTMB – 4X BACK
Ø NB ± .0005 x NC DP[Ø NB ± 0.013] 1X FRONT & BACK
Q/2
RR/2
Ø V
SEAT FOR #204WOODRUFF KEY
T
S
F
G* AY
Y/24X THRU AND C'BOREFOR L SHCS
2X X NPT [BSP] PORT
KEYWAY FORW KEY
PA O
K
UZ
H C
SLOT FOR OPTIONALHALL/REED SWITCH
.437[11.10]
NOTES:1) *G DIMENSION INCREASES WITH CUSHION OPTION. SEE PAGE 3B-8.2) KEYWAY SHOWN AT MID-ROTATION3) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE FOR METRIC UNITS AND ARE IN mm.
FOR RAS120 ONLY
DIMENSIONS: SERIES RA ROTARY ACTUATORS
45°, 90°, 135°, or 180° ROTATION UNITS
3.524 [89.5]3.760 [95.0]3.819 [97.0]
4.508 [114.5]4.606 [117.0]5.650 [143.5]5.256 [133.5]6.476 [164.5]6.300 [160.0]7.343 [186.5]
A.807
[20.5].983
[25.0]1.161[29.5]1.516[38.5]1.674[42.5]
B1.831[46.5]2.224[56.5]2.697[68.5]3.366[85.5]3.918[99.5]
C.604
[15.34].724
[18.39].920
[23.37].977
[24.82]1.191
[30.25]
D1.574[40.0]1.772[45.0]2.166[55.0]2.558[65.0]2.952[75.0]
E.394
[10.0].394
[10.0].394
[10.0].472
[12.0].472
[12.0]
F1.712[43.5]2.087[53.0]2.559[65.0]3.228[82.0]3.720[94.5]
H1.732[44.0]1.929[49.0]2.264[57.5]3.071[78.0]3.346[85.0]
K
#10[M5]#10[M5]1/4
[M6]5/16[M8]3/8
[M10]
L
.91[23.0]1.01
[25.5]1.18
[30.0]1.57
[39.75]1.74
[44.25]
J.768
[19.5].768
[19.5].768
[19.5].945
[24.0].945
[24.0]
G
10-24 x .281[M5 x 0.8 x 7]10-24 x .285
[M5 x 0.8 x 7]1/4-20 x .250
[M6 x 1.0 x 7.5]5/16-18 x .437
[M8 x 1.25 x 12]3/8-16 x .375
[M10 x 1.5 x 10]
MA2.166[55.0]2.362[60.0]2.952[75.0]3.346[85.0]3.936
[100.0]
R.276[7.0].295[7.5].335[8.5].394
[10.0].452
[11.5]
S1.180[30.0]1.378[35.0]1.772[45.0]2.164[55.0]2.362[60.0]
Q1.000[25.0]1.250[30.0]1.500[40.0]1.750[42.5]2.000[55.0]
PA2.047[52.0]2.362[60.0]2.835[72.0]3.544[90.0]3.976
[101.0]
O.085
[2.16].080
[2.03].100
[2.54].115
[2.92].125
[3.17]
NC1.3785
[35.014]1.4572
[37.013]1.8509
[47.013]2.0477
[52.012]2.4414
[62.012]
NB10-24 x .375
[M5 x 0.8 x 12.5]10-24 x .500
[M5 x 0.8 x 12.5]1/4-20 x .500
[M6 x 1.0 x 15]5/16-18 x .750
[M8 x 1.25 x 20]3/8-16 x .750
[M10 x 1.5 x 20]
MB
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
50 mm
BORE SIZE
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
50 mm
BORE SIZE
1.496[38.0]1.772[45.0]2.165[55.0]2.756[70.0]3.071[78.0]
T.04
[1.0].04
[1.0].05
[1.2].03
[0.8].07
[1.8]
U.375/.374[10 (h8)]
.4727/.4714[12 (h8)].625/.624[16 (h8)].750/.749[17 (h8)].875/.874[22 (h8)]
V1.004[25.5]1.124[28.5]1.458[37.0]1.598[40.6]1.984[50.4]
Y.06
[1.5].08
[2.0].08
[2.0].08
[2.0].10
[2.5]
Z
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
50 mm
BORE SIZESEE ABOVE
[3 mm SQ. x 20 mm]1/8 SQ. x 1.125
[4 mm SQ. x 25 mm]3/16 SQ. x 1.250
[5 mm SQ. x 32 mm]3/16 SQ. x 1.500
[5 mm SQ. x 35 mm]3/16 SQ. x 1.750
[6 mm SQ. x 45 mm]
W KEY
45° OR 90°135° OR 180°
45° OR 90°135° OR 180°
45° OR 90°135° OR 180°
45° OR 90°135° OR 180°
45° OR 90°135° OR 180°
NOMINAL ROTATION
1/8[1/8]1/8
[1/8]1/8
[1/8]1/8
[1/8]1/4
[1/4]
X NPT [BSP]
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
3B
3B-5SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/raCAT-03
DIMENSIONS: SERIES RA ROTARY ACTUATORS
225° or 270° ROTATION UNITS
J
MA – 4X FRONTMB – 4X BACK
D MAX
B
FFACROSS FLATS
R/2
R
2X X NPT [BSP] PORT
4X THRU ANDC'BORE FOR L SHCS
A
F
T
S
E/2E
Q/2Q
Ø NB ± .0005 x NC DP[Ø NB ± 0.013] 1X FRONT & BACK
2X ANGLEADJUSTMENT
Ø V
KEYWAY FORW KEY
OK
U
SLOT FOR OPTIONALHALL/REED SWITCH
H C
Z
PA
G*
SEAT FOR #204WOODRUFF KEY
.437[11.10]
NOTES:1) *G DIMENSION INCREASES WITH CUSHION OPTION. SEE PAGE 3B-8.2) KEYWAY SHOWN AT MID-ROTATION3) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE FOR METRIC UNITS AND ARE IN mm.
FOR RAS120 ONLY
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
50 mm
BORE SIZE
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
50 mm
BORE SIZE
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
50 mm
BORE SIZE
.807[20.5].983
[25.0]1.161[29.5]1.516[38.5]1.674[42.5]
B1.831[46.5]2.224[56.5]2.697[68.5]3.366[85.5]3.918[99.5]
C1.574[40.0]1.772[45.0]2.166[55.0]2.558[65.0]2.952[75.0]
E.394
[10.0].394
[10.0].394
[10.0].472
[12.0].472
[12.0]
F1.712[43.5]2.087[53.0]2.559[65.0]3.228[82.0]3.720[94.5]
H1.732[44.0]1.929[49.0]2.264[57.5]3.071[78.0]3.346[85.0]
K
#10[M5]#10[M5]1/4
[M6]5/16[M8]3/8
[M10]
L
.91[23.0]1.01
[25.5]1.18
[30.0]1.57
[39.75]1.74
[44.25]
J.768
[19.5].768
[19.5].768
[19.5].945
[24.0].945
[24.0]
G
10-24 x .281[M5 x 0.8 x 7]10-24 x .285
[M5 x 0.8 x 7]1/4-20 x .250
[M6 x 1.0 x 7.5]5/16-18 x .437
[M8 x 1.25 x 12]3/8-16 x .375
[M10 x 1.5 x 10]
MA
4.390[111.5]5.295
[134.5]6.693
[170.0]7.736
[196.5]8.917
[226.5]
A4.39
[111.5]5.06
[128.5]5.87
[149.1]6.66
[169.1]7.32
[186.0]
D
2.166[55.0]2.362[60.0]2.952[75.0]3.346[85.0]3.936
[100.0]
R.276[7.0].295[7.5].335[8.5].394
[10.0].452
[11.5]
S
1.496[38.0]1.772[45.0]2.165[55.0]2.756[70.0]3.071[78.0]
T.04
[1.0].04
[1.0].05
[1.2].03
[0.8].07
[1.8]
U.375/.374[10 (h8)]
.4727/.4714[12 (h8)].625/.624[16 (h8)].750/.749[17 (h8)].875/.874[22 (h8)]
V.06
[1.5].08
[2.0].08
[2.0].08
[2.0].10
[2.5]
Z
1.181[30.0]1.378[35.0]1.772[45.0]2.164[55.0]2.362[60.0]
Q1.000[25.0]1.250[30.0]1.500[40.0]1.750[42.5]2.000[55.0]
PA2.047[52.0]2.362[60.0]2.835[72.0]3.544[90.0]3.976
[101.0]
O.085
[2.16].080
[2.03].100
[2.54].115
[2.92].125
[3.17]
NC1.3785
[35.014]1.4572
[37.013]1.8509
[47.013]2.0477
[52.012]2.4414
[62.012]
NB10-24 x .375
[M5 x 0.8 x 12.5]10-24 x .500
[M5 x 0.8 x 12.5]1/4-20 x .500
[M6 x 1.0 x 15]5/16-18 x .750
[M8 x 1.25 x 20]3/8-16 x .750
[M10 x 1.5 x 20]
MB
.39[10.0]
.47[12.0]
.71[18.0]
.91[23.0]
.91[23.0]
FFSEE ABOVE
[3 mm SQ. x 20 mm]1/8 SQ. x 1.125
[4 mm SQ. x 25 mm]3/16 SQ. x 1.250
[5 mm SQ. x 32 mm]3/16 SQ. x 1.500
[5 mm SQ. x 35 mm]3/16 SQ. x 1.750
[6 mm SQ. x 45 mm]
W KEY
225° OR 270°
225° OR 270°
225° OR 270°
225° OR 270°
225° OR 270°
NOMINAL ROTATION
1/8[1/8]1/8
[1/8]1/8
[1/8]1/8
[1/8]1/4
[1/4]
X NPT [BSP]
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
3B
3B-6SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ra CAT-03
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES RA ROTARY ACTUATORS
RA SPECIFICATIONS
GEAR RACKS PISTON DIAMETER PISTON AREA DISPLACEMENT
32.7765.55114.71229.42442.45
mm3/DEG. ROT.in3/DEG. ROT..002.004.007.014.027
BORESIZE
20 mm25 mm32 mm40 mm50 mm
mm2
314.19490.32804.191256.641963.48
in2
.49
.761.251.953.04
mm2025324050
in.79.98
1.261.571.97
22222
225°-270°45°-180°11111
PRESSURE AND BREAKAWAY RATINGSAll Series RA Rotary Actuators have a maximum pressure
rating of 150 psi [10 bar] with a 5 psi [0.3 bar] breakaway pressure.They are for pneumatic application only.
OPERATING TEMPERATURESStandard Series RA Rotary Actuators are recommended for use
in temperatures from -20° to +180°F [-28° to +82°C]. Consult PHDfor temperatures beyond this range.
LUBRICATIONAll units are permanently lubricated at assembly for service
using non-lubricated air. Life can be extended by periodic lubricationof the rack and pinion using high grade bearing grease and by usinglubricated air.
BACKLASHAll units have 0 degrees of backlash at ends of rotation.
ANGLE OF ROTATIONStandard angles of rotation are 45°, 90°, 135°, 180°, 225°, and
270°. Consult PHD for other rotation requirements. All units havebuilt-in angle adjustments providing +10°, -45°.
ROTATIONAL TOLERANCEThe total rotational tolerance of the Series RA Rotary Actuator
is +10°, -0° on the nominal specified rotation.
ROTATIONAL RATESThe average speed of rotation for units with no load is 180°
in .05 second for 20 mm, 25 mm, and 32 mm bore units, 180° in.06 second for 40 mm bore units, and 180° in .075 second for50 mm bore units.
CONTROLSControl of pinion shaft speed is extremely important as inertia
force is a function of rotational speed and distance from load tooutput shaft center. PHD's built-in flow controls, cushions, andshock absorbers should be considered when inertial loads areapplied. See pages 3B-8 through 3B-10 for information on SeriesRA Rotary Actuator controls. See pages 3B-12 through 3B-13 forinformation on load stopping capacity.
THEORETICAL TORQUE OUTPUTBORE SIZE
20 mmINPUT
PRESSUREpsi405060708090100120130140150
25 mm 32 mm 40 mm 50 mmNm6.88.6101213151720222425
in-lb607691
106121136152182197213228
Nm3.54.45.26.17.07.98.810111213
3138465462707793
101109116
Nm1.82.32.83.23.74.24.65.66.16.57.0
in-lb1620242933374149545862
Nm.851.01.21.51.71.92.12.52.73.03.2
in-lb7.69.5111315171922242628
Nm.44.55.65.77.88.991.11.31.41.51.6
in-lb3.94.95.86.87.88.89.711121314
bar2.73.44.14.85.56.26.88.28.99.610
in-lb
1.341.611.942.562.90
34.040.949.365.073.6
376453640746966
97118182237325
43152480910541445
16722015284633184296
20 mm25 mm32 mm40 mm50 mm
BEARING LOADS TABLEDISTANCEBETWEENBEARINGS
RADIALBEARING LOAD
CAPACITY
AXIALBEARING LOAD
CAPACITYBORESIZE in mmNlbNlb
3B
3B-7SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/raCAT-03
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES RA ROTARY ACTUATORS
225° OR 270°lb2.32.43.63.96.57.111.813.017.719.0
kg1.021.091.601.752.943.195.315.898.018.59
TYPE OFUNIT
STANDARDWITH SHOCK OPTION -NB
STANDARDWITH SHOCK OPTION -NB
STANDARDWITH SHOCK OPTION -NB
STANDARDWITH SHOCK OPTION -NB
STANDARDWITH SHOCK OPTION -NB
ROTARY ACTUATOR WEIGHT TABLE
NOMINAL ROTATIONBORESIZE
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
50 mm
135° OR 180°lb1.82.12.83.34.95.88.810.712.815.7
kg.77.891.241.462.192.633.964.845.787.09
45° OR 90°lb1.82.02.42.94.35.27.79.511.614.3
kg.77.881.081.291.922.333.474.305.226.47
CUSHION AND OUTPUT HUB WEIGHTS
BORESIZE
20 mm25 mm32 mm40 mm50 mm
ADDER WITHCUSHION OPTION -DB
kg.13.16.24.34.47
lb.3.4.6.81.1
ADDER WITHHUB OPTION -Q10 OR -Q19
lb.03.03.04.12.23
kg.01.01.02.05.11
STANDARD ANGLE ADJUSTMENTAll PHD Series RA Rotary Actuators are supplied as standard with
built-in adjustable angle stops. Together these mechanical positivestops provide an adjustment range of +10°, -45° on each nominal angleof rotation (see Table 1). (+5°, -22-1/2° from each end.)
Units with rotations of 180° or less utilize adjusting screws in thetop of the actuator which stop against a stop cam attached to the pinionshaft (see Illustration A). Units with rotations of 225° and 270° useangle adjustment screws located in the end caps which stop against theauxiliary lower rack (see Illustration B). When 225° or 270° units areordered with optional shock absorbers, the shock absorbers double asthe angle adjustment screws.
The ability to adjust over such a wide range eliminatesthe need to order special units for specific angles of rotation. The rangeof nominal rotations and the +10°, -45° adjustments provide a totalrotation range of 0° to 280° across the Series RA Rotary Actuator line.
ANGLE ADJUSTMENT SCREW
STOP CAM
ILLUSTRATION A 0°-180° ROTATIONS
ANGLE ADJUSTMENT SCREW
UPPER RACK OMITTED FOR CLARITY
ILLUSTRATION B181°-270° ROTATIONS
NOTE: Cushions are effective for approximately the last 40°of rotation each direction. The cushion angle will decrease by thesame amount that the nominal rotation is reduced by the angleadjustment. Consult PHD for non-standard angles of rotation ifcushions are required.
STANDARD ADJUSTMENT RANGE0° through 55°
45° through 100°90° through 145°
135° through 190°180° through 280°
ROTATION ORDERED45°90°135°180°
225° or 270°
TABLE 1
3B
3B-8SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ra CAT-03
PB
OPTIONS: SERIES RA ROTARY ACTUATORS
PC
PW
PORT CONTROL®
BOTH DIRECTIONS
PORT CONTROL®
COUNTERCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
PORT CONTROL®
CLOCKWISE DIRECTION
RASx40 & RASx50
AA
F
G
PORT CONTROLCLOCKWISE
F
G
RASx20, RASx25, RASx32
PORT CONTROLCLOCKWISE
AA
PORT CONTROLCOUNTERCLOCKWISE
PORT CONTROLCOUNTERCLOCKWISE
PHD Port Control® is a built-in flow control valve for controllingthe speed through complete shaft rotation. The Port Control® isbased on the “meter-out” principle and features an adjustable needlein a cartridge with an external check seal. The self-locking needlehas micrometer threads and is adjustable under pressure. Itdetermines the orifice size which controls the exhaust flow rate ofthe actuator. The check seal expands while air is exhausting fromthe actuator, forcing the air to exhaust past the adjustable needle.The check seal collapses to allow a free flow of incoming air. ThePHD Port Control® saves space and eliminates the cost of fittingsand installation for external flow control valves.
NOTE: Port Control may not be effective below operatingpressures of 10 psi [.7 bar].
DB CUSHION BOTH DIRECTIONS
DC CUSHIONCOUNTERCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
CUSHIONCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
PHD Cushions allow for smooth deceleration at the end ofrotation. When the cushion operates, the remaining volume of air inthe actuator must exhaust past an adjustable needle, which controlsthe deceleration of the pinion shaft. The effective length of thecushion is approximately 40° of rotation at the end of full nominalrotation. The use of angle adjustment screws to reduce the angle ofrotation has a direct effect on the length of cushion engagement.Example: 5° of angle reduction on one end will reduce cushionengagement by 5° on that end of rotation. See pages 3B-12 through3B-13 for information on unit stopping capacity with adjustablecushions.
AA
CUSHIONCOUNTERCLOCKWISE
CUSHIONCLOCKWISEF
G
BORE SIZE20 mm25 mm32 mm40 mm50 mm
F.315 [8.0].315 [8.0].315 [8.0]
.394 [10.0]
.394 [10.0]
G1.280 [32.5]1.280 [32.5]1.280 [32.5]1.378 [35.0]1.378 [35.0]
AA.118 [3.0].118 [3.0].118 [3.0]
——
Numbers in [ ] are for metric units and are in mm.
BORE SIZE20 mm25 mm32 mm40 mm50 mm
F.394 [10.0].394 [10.0].394 [10.0].472 [12.0].472 [12.0]
G.768 [19.5].768 [19.5].768 [19.5].945 [24.0].945 [24.0]
AA.374 [9.5].374 [9.5].374 [9.5].965 [24.5]1.083 [27.5]
Numbers in [ ] are for metric units and are in mm.
DW
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
3B
3B-9SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/raCAT-03
OPTIONS: SERIES RA ROTARY ACTUATORSPORT CONTROL® AND CUSHION LOCATIONS
BORE SIZE20 mm25 mm32 mm40 mm50 mm
F.335 [8.5].335 [8.5].335 [8.5].394 [10.0].453 [11.5]
G1.280 [32.5]1.280 [32.5]1.280 [32.5]1.378 [35.0]1.378 [35.0]
AA.374 [9.5].374 [9.5].374 [9.5].453 [11.5]1.083 [27.5]
Numbers in [ ] are for metric units and are in mm.
EThis option equips the rotary actuator with magnets on the rack
for use with PHD Series 5360 Miniature Hall Effect Switches. Theseswitches mount easily to the actuator using the “T” slot in the top ofthe body.
MAGNETS FOR PHD MINIATUREHALL EFFECT SWITCHES
PART NO.53603-1-0253604-1-0253623-153624-1
COLORYellowRedYellowRed
DESCRIPTIONNPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cablePNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cableNPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick ConnectPNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect
M MAGNETS FOR PHD MINIATUREREED SWITCHES
This option equips the rotary actuator with magnets on the rackfor use with PHD Series 5360 Miniature Reed Switches. Theseswitches mount easily to the actuator using the “T” slot in the top ofthe body.
PART NO.53602-2-0253609-2-02
53622-253629-2
COLORWhiteGreen
WhiteGreen
DESCRIPTIONSink or Source Type 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cableAC Type 110-120 VAC with Current Limit,2 meter cableSink or Source Type VDC, Quick ConnectAC Type 110-120 VAC, Quick Connectwith Current Limit
PHD Series 5360 Miniature Hall Effect and Reed Switchesare designed specifically to provide an input signal to various typesof programmable controllers or logic systems. See Switches andSensors section for information on the Series 5360 MiniatureSwitches.
NOTE: When mounting miniature switches on the 20 mm and 25mm bore units with rotations up to 180°, see the drawing above.Minimum rotation on a 20 mm bore unit with two switches is 45°.
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
.317 [8.0]
SWITCHES MUST BEORIENTED AS SHOWNFOR PROPER SENSING
FLATS OF STROKEADJUSTMENT NUTS MUSTBE ORIENTED AS SHOWN
IThis option equips the rotary actuator with magnets on the rack
for use with PHD Magnetoresistive Switches. These switches mounteasily to the actuator using the “T” slot in the top of the body.
MAGNETS FOR PHD MINIATUREMAGNETORESISTIVE SWITCHES
PART NO.53605-1-0253606-1-0253625-153626-1
COLORBlackOrangeBlackOrange
DESCRIPTIONNPN 6-24 VDC, 2 m cablePNP 6-24 VDC, 2 m cableNPN 6-24 VDC, Quick ConnectPNP 6-24 VDC, Quick Connect
F
G
PORT CONTROLCOUNTERCLOCKWISE
RASx50
AA
F
GCUSHIONCLOCKWISE
PORT CONTROLCOUNTERCLOCKWISE
AA
CUSHIONCLOCKWISE
CUSHIONCOUNTERCLOCKWISE
PORTCONTROLCLOCKWISE
RASx20, RASx25, RASx32, RASx40
CUSHIONCOUNTERCLOCKWISE PORT CONTROL
CLOCKWISE
3B
3B-10SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ra CAT-03
OPTIONS: SERIES RA ROTARY ACTUATORS
NB SHOCK ABSORBER INSTALLEDBOTH DIRECTIONS
NC SHOCK ABSORBER INSTALLEDCOUNTERCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
NW SHOCK ABSORBER INSTALLEDCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
The hydraulic shock absorber options are designed for themaximum in deceleration control and rotational stopping ability. The-NB, -NC, and -NW options provide the rotary actuator with thehydraulic shock absorber installed in the appropriate location(s).See pages 3B-12 through 3B-13 for details on unit stopping capacitywith built-in shock absorbers. Shock absorbers are nominallyeffective for 45° of rotation each direction.
NOTE: The shock absorber doubles as the rotation adjustmenton units with rotations greater than 180°.
SHOCK ABSORBER SPECIFICATIONS
BORESIZE2025324050
PHDSHOCK
ABSORBERNUMBER56722-0156722-02*56722-0356722-04*56722-05*
THREADTYPE
M12 x 1M14 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M25 x 1.5M25 x 1.5
SHOCKABSORBER
WEIGHTlb.09.12.34.67.67
kg.04
.054.15.3.3
in-lb1.13.15.0
15.029.5
Nm.12.35.57
1.703.33
KINETICENERGY
LOADSTROKEin.15.25.25.5.5
mm3.816.356.3512.712.7
in1.242.232.413.383.44
mm31.556.661.285.787.4
AMAX.
in—.44.71.88.88
mm—
11.118
22.322.3
B ACROSSFLATS
*These shock absorbers have an adjustment feature. (See startup procedure)
PHD,In c.
SHOCK ABSORBER(CLOCKWISE)
SHOCK LOCK NUT
SHOCK ABSORBER(COUNTERCLOCKWISE)
CAP
PHD,Inc.
SHOCK ABSORBERREADY CAPSSHOCK ABSORBER
MOUNTING HOLE (CLOCKWISE)
SHOCK ABSORBERMOUNTING HOLE(COUNTERCLOCKWISE)
B ACROSSFLATS
A MAX
GS SHOCK ABSORBER READYBOTH DIRECTIONS
GT SHOCK ABSORBER READYCOUNTERCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
GU SHOCK ABSORBER READYCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
The -GS, -GT, and -GU options should only be used if theshock absorber(s) is to be supplied separately from the rotaryactuator. These options provide a unit that has provisions forinstalling hydraulic shock absorbers but have no shock absorbersincluded. See pages 3B-12 through 3B-13 for details on unitstopping capacity with built-in shock absorbers.
NOTE: The shock absorber doubles as the rotation adjustmenton units with rotations greater than 180°. Shock absorbers must beinstalled in the rotary actuator prior to operating the unit. Operationof units with shock absorber ready options without installed shockscan damage the units and void any and all warranties. Only shock
absorbers specified by PHD should be used in Series RA RotaryActuators. The use of any other shock absorbers will affect actuatorperformance and life expectancy.
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
0
3B
3B-11SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/raCAT-03
OPTIONS: SERIES RA ROTARY ACTUATORS
Q10 OUTPUT HUB
This option provides an output hub in place of the conventionalpinion shaft. The hub includes four thru holes counterbored fromone surface and threaded from the other, allowing easy mounting offixturing, tooling, or other actuators requiring a flat surface area.The hub is manufactured from alloy aluminum and comesassembled to a specially designed low profile pinion shaft. The hubcan be removed to allow custom machining for specific mountingneeds. The hub hole pattern can be oriented in 22.5° increments.Separate hubs are available in a kit complete with all hardware. Seechart bottom right.
Q19 OUTPUT HUB WITH HOLLOWPINION SHAFT
This option provides an output hub with a hollow pinion shaftin place of the standard pinion shaft. The hub has four thru holescounterbored from one surface and threaded from the other,allowing easy mounting of fixturing, tooling, or other actuatorsrequiring a flat surface area. The pinion shaft is hollow for feedingpneumatic or electrical lines from the back of the rotary actuator tothe output hub. The hub is manufactured from alloy aluminum andcomes assembled to a specially designed low profile pinion shaft.The hub can be removed to allow custom machining for specificmounting needs. It can also be rotated in 22.5° rotations. Kineticenergy ratings are reduced by 10% for this option.
NOTE: Available on 32 mm, 40 mm, and 50 mm units.
A1.535[39.0]1.772[45.0]2.165[55.0]2.717[69.0]2.953[75.0]
B.374[9.5].374[9.5].492
[12.5].492
[12.5].748
[19.0]
C.100[2.5].100[2.5].100[2.5].100[2.5].100[2.5]
D.787
[20.0].945
[24.0]1.102[28.0]1.398[35.5]1.575[40.0]
E.787
[20.0].945
[24.0]1.102[28.0]1.398[35.5]1.575[40.0]
F8-32
[M4 x 0.7]10-32
[M5 x 0.8]1/4-28
[M6 x 1.0]1/4-28
[M8 x 1.25]7/16-20
[M10 x 1.5]
G#4
[M3]#6
[M4]#10[M4]#10[M6]3/8
[M8]
BORE SIZE
20 mm
25 mm
32 mm
40 mm
50 mm
Numbers in [ ] are for metric units and are in mm.
H—
—
.276[7.0].315[8.0].394
[10.0]
J.1264 x .25 DP[3.21 x 6.4 DP].1264 x .25 DP[3.21 x 6.4 DP].2514 x .50 DP
[6.39 x 12.7 DP].2514 x .50 DP
[6.39 x 12.7 DP].2514 x .50 DP
[6.39 x 12.7 DP]
-Q10 & -Q19 HUB INERTIA TABLEBORESIZE
20 mm25 mm32 mm40 mm50 mm
in-lb-sec2
.000043831
.000085146
.000225389
.000731212
.001230561
Rotational mass moment of inertia is based on hub plusmounting screw.
HUB WEIGHTlb.06.08.14.30.42
kg.03.04.06.14.19
kg-m2
4.96 x 10-6
9.63 x 10-6
2.55 x 10-5
8.27 x 10-5
1.39 x 10-4
Jm TOTAL
HUB REPLACEMENT KITSBORESIZE
20 mm25 mm32 mm40 mm50 mm
FINISHED HUB KITIMPERIAL
57651-2721-157652-2731-157653-2741-157654-2751-157655-2761-1
METRIC57658-2771-157659-2781-157660-2791-157661-2801-157662-2811-1
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
C
B
PHD,In c.
HUBCLAMPSCREW
HUB
Ø A
D
E
F THREAD THRU C'BOREFROM OPPOSITE SIDE FOR G SHCS
Ø H THRU UNIT(–Q19 OPTION ONLY)
Ø J DOWEL PIN HOLE(–Q10 OPTION ONLY)
3B
3B-12SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ra CAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATOR SELECTION: SERIES RA
KINETIC ENERGY TABLE
BORESIZE
20 mm25 mm32 mm40 mm50 mm
KE MAX. WITHSHOCK ABSORBER
KE MAX.WITH CUSHION
KE MAX.PLAIN UNIT
.1243
.3503
.80231.6953.334
Nm1.103.107.1015.029.5
in-lb.0848.1921.4068.7628.9955
Nm.751.703.606.758.81
in-lb.0237.0519.1085.1966.2407
Nm.21.46.96
1.742.13
in-lb
To select the appropriate RA rotary actuator, it is crucial to considerseveral factors including bearing capacity, torque requirements andstopping capacity of the actuator. The bearing capacities are listedon page 3B-6. To determine the required torque to rotate the load ina given time, the rotational mass moments of inertia, gravity, timeand acceleration must be taken into account. To stop an actuator, allof the same required information for torque is needed plus kineticenergy. Follow the steps below to select the appropriate RAactuator.
1) Review pages 3B-6 to make sure RA rotary actuator bearingscan withstand axial and radial bearing loads.
2) Determine the torque requirements of the actuator.
a) Determine Mass Moment of Inertia.Select the illustration from the application types on thefollowing page that most resembles your specificapplication. Several separate calculations may benecessary to fully describe your application. Using theappropriate application equation, calculate the massmoment of inertia for each type of illustration. The totalmass moment of inertia will be the sum of the individualcalculations.
b) Determine the necessary acceleration.
c) Calculate the required torque.Select the illustration from the application types on thefollowing page that most resembles your specificapplication. Several separate calculations may benecessary to fully describe your application. Using theappropriate application equation, calculate the massmoment of inertia for each type of illustration. The totaltorque will be the sum of the individual calculations.Note: Torque calculations are theoretical, an appropriatesafety factor should be considered. PHD recommends aminimum safety factor of 2 to account for friction loss,airline and valve size, and attached accessories.
Acceleration (α) =
.0175 x Degrees of RotationTime of Rotation in seconds
ROTATIONAL VELOCITY EQUATIONS
KINETIC ENERGY BASIC EQUATIONKE = 1/2 Jm ω2 (Fa)
Average Velocity (rad/sec)Uniformly accelerated from rest
ω = =radsec
EQUATION A
3) Determine the stopping capacity of the actuator by using theequation given below.
a) Determine the average rotational velocity by usingequation A.
2 x (Rotation angle in radians)
(Time of Rotation in Seconds)2
.035 x (Rotation angle in degrees)
(Time of Rotation in Seconds)2Acceleration (α) =
APPLICATIONFACTORS (Fa)
UNITDESCRIPTION
plain unitwith cushionwith shocks
44
1.35
b) Using Jm from step 2a and velocity from step 3a,calculate the kinetic energy of the application.
c) Select an appropriate Fa factor from the table below.
d) Use the KE Energy Table below to select appropriateRL actuator.
3B
3B-13SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/raCAT-03
Jm = x k2Fg
g
k dim isradiusof rod
Jm = x12
Fg
ga2 + 3k2
( ) ( )Fg1
gJm = x (4a2 + 3k2)
12+ xFg2
g(4b2 + 3k2)
12
b-a2
Tg = [(Jm x α) + (Fg x k)] x SFT = Jm x α x SF
( )k2Jm = +L2
3Fg
gxx 1
4
k dim isradiusof rod
Tg = [(Jm x α) + [(Fg2 - Fg1) x (a + ( ))]] x SF
kFg
k
c Fg2
a
Fg1b
a
L
kk
DiskEnd mounted on center
DiskMounted on center
Rectangular PlateMounted on center
Rectangular PlateMounted off center
Solid SphereMounted on center
RodMounted on center
RodMounted off center
Jm = x 4a2 + c2
12+ x 4b2 + c2
12Fg1
gFg2
g
Jm = x x k225
Fg
g
Point Load
aFg1
Fg2
b
LOAD ORIENTATION
Tg = Rotating Vertically(with gravity)
T = Rotating Horizontally(without gravity)
UNBALANCED LOADS
T = Jm x α x SF
UNBALANCED LOADS
Jm = x k2
2Fg
g
a2 + b2
12Jm = xFg
g
a
b
ROTARY ACTUATOR SELECTION: SERIES RAIMPERIAL UNITS:Jm = Rotational Mass Moment of Inertia (in-lb-sec2) (Dependent on physical size of object and weight)g = Gravitational Constant = 386.4 in/sec2 Fg = Weight of Load (lb) k = Radius of Gyration (in)T = Torque required to rotate load (in-lbs) α = Acceleration (rad/sec2) t = time (sec)SF = Safety Factor
METRIC UNITS:Jm = Rotational Mass Moment of Inertia (N-m-sec2) (Dependent on physical size of object and weight)g = Gravitational Constant = 9.81 m/sec2 Fg = Weight of Load (N) k = Radius of Gyration (m)T = Torque required to rotate load (N-m) α = Acceleration (rad/sec2) t = time (sec)M = Mass = Fg / g (kg) SF = Safety Factor
BALANCED LOADST = Jm x α x SF
3B
3B-14SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ra CAT-03
ω = .0175 x = 31.5 rad/sec180°.1 sec
rotation angle (deg)rotational time (sec)
APPLICATION EXAMPLE: SERIES RA ROTARY ACTUATORSEXAMPLE A-Disk rotating about centerline of unit.
xJm =Fg k2
g 2 Jm =
x
xFg k2
g 2
1.05 N (.0222m) 2
9.81 2xJm =
.236 lb (.875 in) 2
386.4 2
α = .035 x rotational angle (deg)[rotational time (sec)]2
α = .035 x = 630 rad/sec2180°(.1 sec)2
Jm =
T = Jm x α x 2
T = 2.64 x 10-5 x 630 x 2 = .03 N-m
k1.00
[25.4]
1.75[44.45]
k
Numbers in [ ] are for metricunits and are in mm.
b) Using Jm from step 2a and velocity from step 3a, determineKE of the system from the basic KE equation:
IMPERIAL METRICKE = 1/2 x Jm x ω 2 x Fa KE = 1/2 x Jm x ω 2 x Fa
KE = .5 x .000234 x 31.52 x 4 KE = .5 x 2.64 x 10-5 x 31.52 x 4KE = .464 in-lbs KE = .052 N-m
IF SHOCKS ARE USED:IMPERIAL METRIC
KE = 1/2 x Jm x ω2 x Fa KE = 1/2 x Jm x ω2 x FaKE = .5 x .000234 x 31.52 x 1.35 KE = .5 x 2.64 x 10-5 x 31.52 x 1.35
KE = .157 in-lbs KE = .018 N-m
When the recommended shocks are used, three times the KE canbe handled, or conversely, a smaller unit can be used.
c) Use the KE Energy table on page 3B-12 to select theappropriate RL actuator. The following units satisfy therequirements. 32 mm plain, 32 mm with shock pad,or 25 mm with cushions.
1) Determine load information:
IMPERIAL METRICROTATION ANGLE / TIME 180°/.10 sec 180°/.10 secLOAD Aluminum Disk Aluminum DiskWEIGHT .236 lb 1.05 NMASS .107 KgPRESSURE 87 psi 6 barSAFETY FACTOR 2 2
2) Determine torque requirement for the application:
a) Calculate Rotational Mass Moment of Inertia (Jm) usingequations given on page 3B-13.
IMPERIAL METRIC
Jm = .000234 in-lb-sec2 Jm = 2.64 x 10-5 N-m-sec2
b) Determine required acceleration of the load:
c) Calculate required torque:
IMPERIAL METRICT = Jm x α x SF
T = .000234 x 630 x 2 = .29 in-lbs
Review torque chart on page 3B-6 for 87 psi [6 bar] to selectminimum actuator based on torque.
3) Determine the stopping capacity of the actuator for theapplication:
a) Determine the average rotational velocity using Equation Aon page 3B-12.
ω = rad/sec = .0175 x
3B
3B-15SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/raCAT-03
1) Determine load information:
IMPERIAL METRICROTATION ANGLE / TIME 180°/.5 sec 180°/.5 secRECTANGULAR PLATE Steel Plate Steel PlateWEIGHT 1.698 lb 7.55 NMASS .77 KgPOINT LOAD 1 lb 4.45 N
(2" off center) (50.8 mm off center)PRESSURE 87 psi 6 barSAFETY FACTOR 2 2
2) Determine torque requirement for the application:
a) Calculate Rotational Mass Moment of Inertia (Jm) usingequations given on page 3B-13.
POINT LOADIMPERIAL METRIC
Jm = .0104 in-lb-sec2 Jm = .00117 N-m-sec2
RECTANGULAR PLATEIMPERIAL METRIC
Jm = .0146 in-lb-sec2 Jm = .00165 N-m-sec2
Total Jm Total Jm = .0146+.0104=.025 in-lb-sec2 = .00165+.00117=.00282N-m-sec2
b) Determine required acceleration of the load:
c) Calculate required torque:
POINT LOADIMPERIAL METRIC
T = [(Jm x α)+(Fg x k)] x 2
T = [(.0140 x 25.2) + (1 x 2)] x 2
T = 4.5 in-lbs
Jm = x7.55 (.1524)2+(.0508)2
9.81 12
Jm = x
x (.0508 m)2
EXAMPLE B-Combination of rectangular plate mounted oncenter and a point load mounted off center.
4.45 N9.81
Jm =
Fg
g x k2Jm =
Jm = x
1 lb386.4
Fg
g x k2Jm =
x (2 in)2Jm =
1.698 62+22
386.4 12
Fg a2+b2
g 12
Jm = x
α = .035 x rotational angle (deg)[time (sec)]2
α = .035 x = 25.2 rad/sec2180°(.5 sec)2
APPLICATION EXAMPLE: SERIES RA ROTARY ACTUATORS
Fg a2+b2
g 12
2"[50.8]
(k)
1lb[4.45 N]
2"[50.8]
(b)
6" [152.4] (a)
Numbers in [ ] are for metricunits and are in mm.
T = [(Jm x α)+(Fg x k)] x SF
T = [(.00117 x 25.2) + (4.45 x .0508)] x 2
T = .51 N-m
rotation angle (deg)rotational time (sec)
180°.5 sec
T = Jm x α x SF
T = .00166 x 25.2 x 2 = .084 N-m
Total T = .51 + .084 = .594 N-m
RECTANGULAR PLATEIMPERIAL METRIC
T = Jm x α x SF
T = .0146 x 25.2 x 2 = .74 in-lbs
Total T = 4.5 + .74 = 5.24 in-lbs
Review torque chart on page 3B-6 for 87 psi [6 bar] to selectminimum actuator based on torque.
3) Determine the stopping capacity of the actuator for theapplication:
a) Determine the average rotational velocity using Equation Aon page 3B-12.
ω = .0175 x ω = .0175 x = 6.3 rad/sec
b) Using Jm from step 2a and velocity from step 3a, determineKE of the system from the basic KE equation:
IMPERIAL METRICKE = 1/2 x Jm x ω 2 x Fa KE = 1/2 x Jm x ω 2 x FaKE = .5 x .025 x 6.32 x 4 KE = .5 x .00282 x 6.32 x 4
KE = 1.98 in-lbs KE = .224 N-m
IF SHOCKS ARE USED:IMPERIAL METRIC
KE = 1/2 x Jm x ω 2 x Fa KE = 1/2 x Jm x ω 2 x FaKE = .5 x .025 x 6.32 x 1.35 KE = .5 x .00282 x 6.32 x 1.35
KE = .66 in-lbs KE = .076 N-m
When the recommended shocks are used, three times the KE canbe handled, or conversly, a smaller rotary unit can be used.
c) Use the KE Energy table on page 3B-12 to select theappropriate RA actuator. The following units satisfy therequirements: 50 mm plain, 32 mm with cushions, or 20 withshock absorbers.
3B
3B-16SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ra CAT-03
NOTES
3C
3C-1SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATORSMINIATURE, AIR/OIL TANDEM, AND MULTI-POSITION
INDEX:Miniature(0180 & 0183 Series)
Pages 3C-2 to 3C-6
Series 1000-8000Pages 3C-8 to 3C-12
Air/Oil TandemPages 3C-13 to 3C-19
Multi-PositionPages 3C-20 to 3C-28
Engineering DataPages 3C-29 to 3C-31
Plumbing SchematicsPages 3C-32 to 3C-33
Start-up ProcedurePage 3C-34
OptionsPages 3C-35 to 3C-40
Specialty Actuators Provide Solutions toUnique Rotary Motion Requirements
MINIATUREROTARY
ACTUATORS
SERIES 2000-8000AIR/OIL TANDEM
SERIES 2000-8000MULTI-POSITION
SERIES 1000-8000
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuators
3C
3C-2SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATIONCAT-03
TO ORDER SPECIFY:Series, Size, Type, Design No.,Options, and Seals.
1
TYPE1 - Single Rack2 - Double RackT - TandemNOTE: 018x50,018375, and 018875are available in -2double rack only.
- - 0 1
OPTIONS0 - No Sensor3 - Sensor Transducer with Transition Plate
175MODEL NUMBER
SIZE50 - 1/2" [12 mm] Bore75 - 3/4" [19 mm] Bore
DESIGN NO.1 - 018x753 - 018x50
SEALS1 - Buna-N (standard)2 - Fluoro-Elastomer
SERIES NUMBER FOR PORT & MTG. HOLE TYPEIMPERIAL METRIC POSITION
0 5 2 Position Actuator3 8 3 Position Actuator -(Not
available on Size 50)
NOTES:1) Sensor must be used with a PHD Set Point
Module. See Switches and Sensors sectionfor information and ordering data.
0018
UNITS WITH IMPERIAL SHAFTS AND KEYWAYS
1
TYPE1 - Single Rack2 - Double RackT - TandemNOTE: 018x50, and018975 are availablein -2 double rack only.
- - 0 1
OPTIONS0 - No Sensor3 - Sensor Transducer with Transition Plate
175MODEL NUMBER
SIZE50 - 1/2" [12 mm] Bore75 - 3/4" [19 mm] Bore
DESIGN NO.1 - 018x75x3 - 0186502
SEALS1 - Buna-N (standard)2 - Fluoro-Elastomer
NOTES:1) Sensor must be used with a PHD Set Point
Module. See Switches and Sensors sectionfor information and ordering data.
6018
UNITS WITH METRIC SHAFTS AND KEYWAYS
SERIES NUMBER FOR PORT & MTG. HOLE TYPEIMPERIAL METRIC POSITION
— 6 2 Position Actuator— 9 3 Position Actuator -(Not
available on Size 50)
TO ORDER SPECIFY:Series, Size, Type, Design No.,Options, and Seals.
ORDERING DATA: MINIATURE ROTARY ACTUATORS
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/018x
3C
3C-3SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03
SERIESSPECIFICATIONS 018x50 018x75PISTON SEALS (1 Per Piston) Block Vee (2 Per Piston) Block VeePISTONS Part of the Rack Free Floating AluminumPINION SHAFT One Piece Alloy SteelRACK Alloy SteelEND CAPS — Zinc Plated SteelBODY Hardcoated AluminumBEARINGS (2) Steel Ball BearingsPORTS 10-32 [M5 x .8] with Barb Fittings 1/8 NPT [1/8 BSP]LUBRICATION Permanently Lubricated for Non-Lube AirANGLE ADJUSTMENT 0° to 180° (Fully Adjustable)BACKLASH 0° at Both End PositionsROTATION 180° TotalFLOW CONTROLS Not Available Built-in Standard*
THEORETICAL TORQUE in-lb/psi [Nm/bar]MODEL
0180502 0180751 0180752 018075T 0183752.065 [.09] .11 [.18] .22 [.36] .11 [.18] .11 [.18]
OUTPUT TORQUES TO 33 in-lb [3.7 Nm]
*Not available on 018375, 018875, or 018975 3 position units.
MINIATURE ROTARY ACTUATORS:SERIES 018x502 & 018x75xBENEFITS
■ PHD Miniature Rotary Actuators provide an infinite choice ofrotation between 0 and 180° in a very small package which isideal for small part orientation and turnover.
■ Two bore sizes, single and double rack, air-oil tandem, and 3position models are offered for a wide range of applicationrequirements.
■ Standard external angle adjustments provide easy adjustmentof rotation between 0 and 180°.
■ Zero backlash at ends of rotation provide precise positioning ofattached load.
■ One piece pinion gear with sealed ball bearings give maximumoutput shaft support, low friction, and long unit life.
■ Built-in flow controls are standard on most models for precisecontrol of rotation speed.
■ Optional Hall Effect Sensor/Set Point Module is available forsensing multiple position throughout rotation.
UNIT 018x752
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/018x
3C
3C-4SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATIONCAT-03
DIMENSIONS: SERIES 018x75x MINIATURE ROTARY ACTUATORS.5
00[1
2.7]
2.37
5 [6
0.5]
4.75
0 [1
21]
ANG
LE L
IMIT
ING
SEG
MEN
TAU
XILI
ARY
MTG
LO
CATI
ON
LIM
ITS
RO
TATI
ON
TO
45°
FR
OM
MID
POIN
T O
F R
OTA
TIO
N
1.50
0[3
8.1]
.250
[6.3
]
SHAF
T ST
OP
PIN
ANG
LE L
IMIT
ING
SEG
MEN
TS A
LLO
W18
0° M
AX R
OTA
TIO
N0°
MIN
RO
TATI
ON
2X R
EF C
AP A
REA
1.50
0[3
8.1]
10-2
4 [M
8 x
.5]
THR
EAD
x .3
75 [1
0] D
P4X
TO
P &
BO
TTO
M
2.00
0 [5
0.8]
.875
[22.
2]
10-3
2 TH
REA
D x
.312
[M5
x .8
] DP
2.50
0 [6
3.4]
10-2
4 [M
5 x
.8]
THR
EAD
x .2
50 [6
.3] D
P4X
FR
ON
T &
BAC
K
2.00
0[5
0.8]
1.00
0[2
5.4]
BASI
C D
IMEN
SIO
NS
SER
IES
018x
75x
& 0
18x7
52 U
NIT
S
4.25
0 [1
07.9
]
.310
[7.9
]1.
000
[25.
4] S
Q
.810
[20.
6]2.
125
[53.
97]
.500
[12.
7]
4.25
0 [1
07.6
]2X
1/8
NPT
[1/8
BSP
]
.190
[4.8
]1.
500
[38.
1].810
[20.
6]2.
125
[53.
8]
SIN
GLE
RAC
K U
NIT
SER
IES
018x
751
DO
UBL
E R
ACK
UN
ITSE
RIE
S 01
8x75
2
AIR
/OIL
TAN
DEM
UN
ITSE
RIE
S 01
8x75
T
.500
[12.
7]
2.00
0 [5
0.8]
2X 1
/8 N
PT[1
/8 B
SP]
2X 1
/8 N
PT[1
/8 B
SP]
.375
[9.5
3]
NO
TES:
1) A
LL D
ETAI
LS S
HO
W U
NIT
S AT
MID
-RO
TATI
ON
2) N
UM
BER
S IN
[ ] A
RE
FOR
MET
RIC
UN
ITS
AND
AR
E IN
mm
.
FOR
SH
AFT
DET
AILS
SEE
PAG
E 3C
-5
2.12
5 [5
3.9]
.310
[7.9
]
1.00
0[2
5.4]
.810
[20.
6]
2.12
5[5
3.9]
CHEC
K VA
LVE
FITT
ING
2.00
0[5
0.8]
.500
[12.
7]
1.00
0[2
5.4]
.188
[4.8
]
2X T
HR
U H
OLE
FO
R #
8 [M
4] S
CREW
RES
ERVO
IR A
SSEM
BLY
ISIN
CLU
DED
WIT
H U
NIT
AN
DSH
IPPE
D W
ITH
3 F
EET
[1 m
] OF
FLEX
IBLE
TU
BIN
G3.
62[9
2]
.937
[23.
8]
.687
[17.
4].7
50[1
9]
1.00
0[2
5.4]
1.00
0[2
5.4]
1.00
0[2
5.4]
1
3
42
1
3
42
42
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/018x
3C
3C-5SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03
DIMENSIONS: SERIES 018x752 3 POSITION MINIATURE
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
.750
[19]
.500
[12.
7]
2.37
5 [6
0.3]
5.00
0 [1
27]
2.50
0 [6
3.5]
MAX
.906
[23]
DIA
TYP
2.12
5 [5
3.8]4.
250
[107
.06]
2X A
DJUS
TMEN
T CO
NTRO
L KN
OBFO
R LO
CATI
ON O
F TH
IRD
POSI
TION
ANGL
E AD
JUST
MEN
TS.3
10[7
.9]
1.00
0[2
5.4]
1.57
7 [4
0]
MUL
TI-P
OSIT
ION
UNIT
SERI
ES 0
18x7
52
1.00
0[2
5.4]
NOTE
S:1)
ALL
DET
AILS
SHO
W U
NITS
AT
MID
-ROT
ATIO
N2)
NUM
BERS
IN [
] ARE
FOR
MET
RIC
UNIT
S AN
D AR
E IN
mm
.
1 3
42
42
CB1
AB2
III
I
POR
TS P
RES
SUR
IZED
B 1 &
B2
II
PORT
PRE
SSUR
IZED
- A
FULL
CCW
POS
ITIO
NPO
RT P
RESS
URIZ
ED -
CFU
LL C
W P
OSIT
ION
T°
R°
I°
MIDPOINTADJUSTMENTSTOPS
LOCKING SCREWSHOLD MIDPOINTADJUSTMENT IN PLACE
VIEW FROM FRONT OF UNIT
B1C
B2A
IIII
II
OPERATING PRINCIPLEThe PHD Three Position Rotary Actuator yields three output
shaft positions. Both the extreme positions and the midposition canbe adjusted in the field allowing a total rotation from 0° to 180° withthe midpoint anywhere between. Pressurizing port C provides fullcounterclockwise rotation (position I). Pressurizing ports B1 and B2
at the same time causes the unit to rotate to position II and to holdat that position. The racks are trapped by the piston and rods (B1
and B2) and hold the pinion from rotating, creating the positivemidposition. The midpoint adjustment stops allow the midpoint tobe set by changing the lengths that each piston and rod can stroke.Position III is obtained by pressurizing port A driving the pinionshaft to a full clockwise position.
Output positions can be selected in any sequence allowing theactuator to stop at or pass by the midposition.
SHAFT DETAIL FOR 018x75x
SERIES018075x018375x018575x018875x018675x018975x
ADIMENSION
B C+ .000- .001.375
+ .000- .0259.53
.375
[9.53]
+ .0000- .0003.3939
+ .000- .00710
—
204WoodruffKeyway
3 mm SQx 16 mm LG
B
A Ø
C KEYWAY
IMPERIAL SHAFTS
A Ø
C KEYWAY
METRIC SHAFTS
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/018x
3C
3C-6SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATIONCAT-03
DIMENSIONS: SERIES 018x502 MINIATURE ROTARY ACTUATORS
.750
[19]
1.00
0[2
5.4]
NOTE
:NUM
BERS
IN [
] ARE
FOR
MET
RIC
UNIT
S AN
D AR
E IN
mm
.
SERI
ES
0180
5001
8550
0186
50
ADI
MEN
SION
BC
+ .0
00- .
001
.250
+ .0
00- .
025
6.35
.312
[7.9
2]
+ .0
000
- .00
03.2
362
+ .0
00- .
007
6.0
—
203
Woo
druf
fKe
yway
2 m
m S
Qx
14 m
m L
G
B
AØ
C KE
YWAY
IMPE
RIAL
SHA
FTS
AØ
C KE
YWAY
MET
RIC
SHAF
TS
ANGL
E LI
MIT
ING
SEGM
ENT
AUXI
LIAR
Y M
TG L
OCAT
ION.
LIM
ITS
ROTA
TION
TO
45° F
ROM
MID
POIN
T OF
ROT
ATIO
N
ANGL
E LI
MIT
ING
SEGM
ENTS
ALLO
W 1
80° M
AX R
OTAT
ION
0° M
IN R
OTAT
ION
2X 1
0-32
[M5
x .8
] POR
T -
BARB
FIT
TING
FOR
1/16
[1.6
] ID
TUBE
SUP
PLIE
D
6-32
THR
EAD
x .2
50 [M
3 x
6] D
P
8-32
THR
EAD
x .2
50 [M
4 x
6] D
P4X
TOP
& B
OTTO
M
.250
[6.3
]
SEE
DETA
ILBE
LOW
1.50
0 [3
8.1]
.594
[15]
.312
[7.9
].7
50[1
9]
8-32
THR
EAD
x .1
87 [5
][M
4 x
.7] D
P4X
FRO
NT &
BAC
K
2.00
0 [5
0.8]
1.50
0 [3
8.1]
1.50
0[3
8.1]
1.10
9[2
8.2]2.
219
[56.
4]1.
500
[38.
1]3.00
0 [7
6.2]
DOUB
LE R
ACK
UNIT
SSE
RIES
018
0502
SHAF
T KE
YWAY
: SHO
WN
AT M
ID-R
OTAT
ION
- WOO
DRUF
F KE
Y IS
SUP
PLIE
D W
ITH
ALL
ACTU
ATOR
SRO
TATI
ON: 1
80° M
AXIM
UMPO
RT P
OSIT
IONS
: IND
ICAT
ED B
Y CI
RCLE
D NU
MBE
RSPO
RT C
ONTR
OLS:
NOT
AVAI
LABL
E ON
SER
IES
0183
752,
018
8752
& 0
18x5
02 U
NITS
. POR
T CO
NTRO
LS A
REST
ANDA
RD O
N AL
L OT
HER
ACTU
ATOR
S.M
TG. H
OLES
: CEN
TERE
D ON
CEN
TERL
INE
OF A
CTUA
TOR
BODY
.750
[19]
1 3
42
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/018x
3C
3C-7SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03
NOTES
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/018x
3C
3C-8SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATIONCAT-03
UNIT
S W
ITH
IMPE
RIAL
SHA
FTS
AND
KEYW
AY
PORT
CON
TROL
©
BUIL
T-IN
MET
ER O
UTFL
OW C
ONTR
OL V
ALVE
P-F
low
con
trol b
oth
dire
ctio
nsP1
-Flo
w c
ontro
l clo
ckw
ise
P2-F
low
con
trol c
ount
ercl
ockw
ise
R1 1
A-
P18
0-
DK-
M-V
TO O
RDER
SPE
CIFY
:Ty
pe, D
esig
n No
., Se
ries,
Ang
le o
f Rot
atio
n, a
nd O
ptio
ns.
--
A2
NOTE
S:1)
Sens
or m
ust b
e us
ed w
ith a
PHD
Set
Poi
nt M
odul
e.Se
e Sw
itche
s an
d Se
nsor
s se
ctio
n fo
r inf
orm
atio
nan
d or
derin
g da
ta.
2)M
ount
ing
flang
es m
ust b
e or
dere
d se
para
tely.
3)SA
E Po
rts a
vaila
ble.
Con
sult
PHD
for s
izes.
SERI
ES10
00 &
200
030
00 &
400
050
00 &
600
070
00 &
800
0
PROX
IMIT
Y SW
ITCH
MOU
NTIN
G BR
ACKE
TSSI
ZE N
O.-3
2-3
4-3
8-3
9Se
e Sw
itche
s an
d Se
nsor
sse
ctio
n fo
r com
plet
eor
derin
g in
form
atio
n.
ANGL
E OF
ROT
ATIO
NST
ANDA
RD A
NGLE
S45
°, 90
°, 18
0°, 2
70°,
360°
, and
450
°Fo
r oth
er a
vaila
ble
rota
tions
,co
nsul
t PHD
.
TYPE
IMPE
RIAL
MET
RIC
R11A
-Sin
gle
Shaf
t Ext
.R1
5A-S
ingl
e Sh
aft E
xt.
150
psi A
ir M
ax.
10 b
ar A
ir M
ax.
R21A
-Dou
ble
Shaf
t Ext
.R2
5A-D
oubl
e Sh
aft E
xt.
150
psi A
ir M
ax.
10 b
ar A
ir M
ax.
R11H
-Sin
gle
Shaf
t Ext
.R1
5H-S
ingl
e Sh
aft E
xt.
1500
psi
Hyd
. Max
.10
0 ba
r Hyd
. Max
.R2
1H-D
oubl
e Sh
aft E
xt.
R25H
-Dou
ble
Shaf
t Ext
.15
00 p
si H
yd. M
ax.
100
bar H
yd. M
ax.
(Cus
hion
s an
d Sh
ock
Pads
are
not a
vaila
ble
on th
e sa
me
end
ofac
tuat
or. S
hock
Pad
s ar
e no
tav
aila
ble
for H
ydra
ulic
use
.)
CUSH
ION
OR S
HOCK
PAD
D-C
ushi
ons
both
dire
ctio
nsD1
-Cus
hion
clo
ckw
ise
D2-C
ushi
on c
ount
ercl
ockw
ise
B-S
hock
Pad
s bo
th d
irect
ions
B1-S
hock
Pad
clo
ckw
ise
B2-S
hock
Pad
cou
nter
cloc
kwis
e
OPTI
ONS
C-
Cros
s Ke
y Pi
nion
Sha
ftE
-M
agne
tic P
isto
n fo
r Hal
l Effe
ct S
witc
hG
-Sh
aft S
eal b
oth
side
sH
-Ho
llow
Pin
ion
Shaf
t (no
t ava
ilabl
e on
type
R21
)I
-Po
rt Po
sitio
n 1
on to
p ra
ckPo
rt Po
sitio
n 3
on b
otto
m ra
ck(A
vaila
ble
on S
erie
s 20
00, 4
000,
600
0, a
nd 8
000
only.
)J
-Ha
ll Se
nsor
(Set
Poi
nt M
odul
e is
ord
ered
sep
arat
ely)
for r
otat
ions
not
exc
eedi
ng 1
80°
K-
Prel
oad
Keyw
ay P
inio
n Sh
aft
L-
Coun
terc
lock
wis
e Un
idire
ctio
nal C
lutc
hM
-M
agne
tic P
isto
n fo
r Ree
d Sw
itch
N-
Pilo
t Val
ve A
ctua
tor (
PVA)
O-
Ports
in P
ositi
on 1
*Q
-Po
rts in
Pos
ition
3*
R-
Cloc
kwis
e Un
idire
ctio
nal C
lutc
hS
-SA
E Po
rts (H
ydra
ulic
Uni
ts O
nly)
T-
Ports
in P
ositi
on 4
V-
Fluo
ro-E
last
omer
Sea
lsW
-Cl
ose
Tole
ranc
e Ro
tatio
n, +
30 m
inut
es, -
0Z1
-El
ectro
less
Nic
kel P
late
* Av
aila
ble
on S
erie
s 10
00, 3
000,
500
0, a
nd 7
000
only.
ANGL
E AD
JUST
MEN
TA
-Ang
le a
djus
tmen
t bot
h en
dsA1
-Ang
le a
djus
tmen
t clo
ckw
ise
30°
A2-A
ngle
adj
ustm
ent c
ount
ercl
ockw
ise
30°
(20°
for S
erie
s 80
00)
SERI
ES1
(000
) 1" B
ore
Sing
le R
ack
2 (0
00) 1
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
k3
(000
) 1-3
/8" B
ore
Sing
le R
ack
4 (0
00) 1
-3/8
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
k5
(000
) 2" B
ore
Sing
le R
ack
6 (0
00) 2
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
k7
(000
) 3" B
ore
Sing
le R
ack
8 (0
00) 3
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
k
DESI
GN N
O.1
-Im
peria
l - P
orts
and
mou
ntin
g ho
les
are
impe
rial.
5 -
Met
ric -
Ports
and
mou
ntin
g ho
les
are
met
ric.
Pini
on s
hafts
and
key
way
are
impe
rial.
ORDERING DATA: SERIES 1000-8000 ROTARY ACTUATORS
IMPERIAL
!Op
tions
may
affe
ct u
nit l
engt
h.Se
e un
it di
men
sion
and
opt
ions
page
s fo
r add
ers.
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/18000r
3C
3C-9SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03
ORDERING DATA: SERIES 1000-8000 ROTARY ACTUATORS
PORT
CON
TROL
©
BUIL
T-IN
MET
ER O
UTFL
OW C
ONTR
OL V
ALVE
P-F
low
con
trol b
oth
dire
ctio
nsP1
-Flo
w c
ontro
l clo
ckw
ise
P2-F
low
con
trol c
ount
ercl
ockw
ise
R1 6
A-
P18
0-
DM
-V-
-A
2
NOTE
S:1)
Sens
or m
ust b
e us
ed w
ith a
PHD
Set
Poi
nt M
odul
e.Se
e Sw
itche
s an
d Se
nsor
s se
ctio
n fo
r inf
orm
atio
nan
d or
derin
g da
ta.
2)M
ount
ing
flang
es m
ust b
e or
dere
d se
para
tely.
SERI
ES10
00 &
200
030
00 &
400
050
00 &
600
070
00 &
800
0
PROX
IMIT
Y SW
ITCH
MOU
NTIN
G BR
ACKE
TSSI
ZE N
O.-3
2-3
4-3
8-3
9Se
e Sw
itche
s an
d Se
nsor
sse
ctio
n fo
r com
plet
eor
derin
g in
form
atio
n.
ANGL
E OF
ROT
ATIO
NST
ANDA
RD A
NGLE
S45
°, 90
°, 18
0°, 2
70°,
360°
, and
450
°Fo
r oth
er a
vaila
ble
rota
tions
,co
nsul
t PHD
.
(Cus
hion
s an
d Sh
ock
Pads
are
not a
vaila
ble
on th
e sa
me
end
ofac
tuat
or. S
hock
Pad
s ar
e no
tav
aila
ble
for H
ydra
ulic
use
.)
CUSH
ION
OR S
HOCK
PAD
D-C
ushi
ons
both
dire
ctio
nsD1
-Cus
hion
clo
ckw
ise
D2-C
ushi
on c
ount
ercl
ockw
ise
B-S
hock
Pad
s bo
th d
irect
ions
B1-S
hock
Pad
clo
ckw
ise
B2-S
hock
Pad
cou
nter
cloc
kwis
e
OPTI
ONS
E-
Mag
netic
Pis
ton
for H
all E
ffect
Sw
itch
I-
Port
Posi
tion
1 on
top
rack
Port
Posi
tion
3 on
bot
tom
rack
(Ava
ilabl
e on
Ser
ies
2000
, 400
0, 6
000,
and
800
0 on
ly.)
M-
Mag
netic
Pis
ton
for R
eed
Switc
hO
-Po
rts in
Pos
ition
1*
Q-
Ports
in P
ositi
on 3
*T
-Po
rts in
Pos
ition
4V
-Fl
uoro
-Ela
stom
er S
eals
W-
Clos
e To
lera
nce
Rota
tion,
+30
min
utes
, -0
Z1-
Elec
trole
ss N
icke
l Pla
te
* Av
aila
ble
on S
erie
s 10
00, 3
000,
500
0, a
nd 7
000
only.
ANGL
E AD
JUST
MEN
TA
-Ang
le a
djus
tmen
t bot
h en
dsA1
-Ang
le a
djus
tmen
t clo
ckw
ise
30°
A2-A
ngle
adj
ustm
ent c
ount
ercl
ockw
ise
30°
(20°
for S
erie
s 80
00)
SERI
ES1
(000
) 1" B
ore
Sing
le R
ack
2 (0
00) 1
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
k3
(000
) 1-3
/8" B
ore
Sing
le R
ack
4 (0
00) 1
-3/8
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
k5
(000
) 2" B
ore
Sing
le R
ack
6 (0
00) 2
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
k7
(000
) 3" B
ore
Sing
le R
ack
8 (0
00) 3
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
k
DESI
GN N
O.6
-M
etric
- Po
rts a
nd m
ount
ing
hole
s, p
inio
nsh
afts
and
key
way
are
met
ric.
TYPE
MET
RIC
R16A
-Si
ngle
Sha
ft Ex
t.10
bar
Air
Max
.R2
6A-
Doub
le S
haft
Ext.
10 b
ar A
ir M
ax.
R16H
-Si
ngle
Sha
ft Ex
t.10
0 ba
r Hyd
. Max
.R2
6H-
Doub
le S
haft
Ext.
100
bar H
yd. M
ax.
UNIT
S W
ITH
MET
RIC
SHAF
TS A
ND K
EYW
AYTO
ORD
ER S
PECI
FY:
Type
, Des
ign
No.,
Serie
s, A
ngle
of R
otat
ion,
and
Opt
ions
.
METRIC
!Op
tions
may
affe
ct u
nit l
engt
h.Se
e un
it di
men
sion
and
opt
ions
page
s fo
r add
ers.
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/18000r
3C
3C-10SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATIONCAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATORS: SERIES 1000-8000
TYPESPECIFICATIONS R1xA & R2xA R1xH & R2xHPISTON SEALS (3 Per Piston) Block Vee with Back-up RingPISTONS Free Floating AluminumTIERODS High Tensile SteelTUBE SEALS Square CutPINION SHAFTS One Piece Alloy SteelRACK Alloy SteelEND CAPS Zinc Plated Alloy SteelBODY Hardcoated AluminumTUBES Hardcoated Aluminum Hardcoated Aluminum on Series 1000-4000
— Honed Steel on Series 5000-8000BEARINGS (2) Steel Ball BearingsPORTS NPT [BSP]LUBRICATION Permanent for Non-Lube Air —
150 psi [10 bar] Air Max 1500 psi [100 bar] Hyd. Max.STANDARD ROTATIONS 45°, 90°, 180°, 270°, 360°, 450°OPTIONS Port Controls®, Cushions, Angle Adjustment,
Magnetic Pistons, Fluoro-Elastomer Seals
THEORETICAL TORQUE in-lb/psi [Nm/bar]SERIES
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000.38 .77 1.1 2.2 2.3 4.7 10.6 21.2
[.63] [1.28] [1.83] [3.66] [3.82] [7.82] [17.61] [35.21]
OUTPUT TORQUES TO 31,800 in-lb [3595 Nm]
BENEFITS
■ PHD Series 1000-8000 Rotary Actuators are pneumatically orhydraulically powered providing output torques up to31,800 in-lb [3595 Nm].
■ Rugged design and construction makes these actuators idealfor heavy duty service in tough working environments.
■ Four bore sizes are available in single and double rack modelswith standard rotations from 45° to 450°.
■ Free floating pistons with rack and pinion design eliminatesbinding for low breakaway and long unit life.
■ Sealed shaft ball bearings provide long life and maximum shaftstability for heavy payloads.
■ Available with a wide range of options including built-in flowcontrols, cushions, angle adjustments, shock pads, and pinionshaft options for specifying the exact actuator for yourapplication.
■ Simple construction allows easy field repairability.
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/18000r
3C
3C-11SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03
DIMENSIONS: SERIES 1000-8000 ROTARY ACTUATORS
SERI
ES10
00 &
200
030
00 &
400
050
00 &
600
070
00 &
800
0
A5.
698
7.90
69.
126
12.1
60
B.0
174
.026
.026
.052
C3.
000
4.25
05.
000
8.00
0
D2.
000
3.00
04.
000
5.00
0
E1.
500
2.00
02.
500
3.00
0
F.2
50.3
44.3
75.4
69
G .500
.688
.750
1.06
2
H 0.00
.250
.203
.437
JA .750
1.15
61.
156
1.87
5
KA 1.37
51.
875
2.25
03.
500
L1.
437
2.09
42.
281
3.62
5
O2.
000
3.00
03.
000
5.00
0
PA .875
1.87
51.
875
3.50
0
Q2.
000
3.00
03.
500
5.00
0
R .500
.625
.750
1.50
0
S .250
.500
.500
1.25
0
TA1.
500
2.00
02.
000
2.50
0
LETT
ER D
IMEN
SION
U .312
.562
.375
.750
V.4
998/
.500
3.8
748/
.875
31.
124/
1.12
51.
749/
1.75
0
W1/
8 x
1/16
x .6
253/
16 x
3/3
2 x
1.50
01/
4 x
1/8
x 1.
500
3/8
x 3/
16 x
3.0
00
X 1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
Y2.
849
3.95
34.
563
6.08
0
Z.0
087
.013
.013
.026
ZA 1.12
51.
500
1.87
52.
875
M1/
4-20
x .3
12 D
P5/
16-1
8 x
.500
DP
3/8-
16 x
.625
DP
3/4-
10 x
1.2
50 D
P
QUIC
K RE
FERE
NCE
FOR:
A +
(T° x
B)
SERI
ES10
00 &
200
030
00 &
400
050
00 &
600
070
00 &
800
0
456.
481
9.07
610
.296
14.5
00
907.
264
10.2
4611
.466
16.8
40
180
8.83
012
.586
13.8
0621
.520
270
10.3
9614
.926
16.1
4626
.200
360
11.9
6217
.266
18.4
8630
.880
450
13.5
2819
.606
20.8
2635
.560
DEGR
EE O
F RO
TATI
ON
PORT
PRE
SSUR
IZED
- FU
LL C
CW P
OSIT
ION
C1 O
N SE
RIES
100
0, 3
000,
500
0, &
700
0OR
C1 &
E O
N SE
RIES
200
0, 4
000,
600
0, &
800
0
PORT
PRE
SSUR
IZED
- FU
LL C
W P
OSIT
ION
C2 O
N SE
RIES
100
0, 3
000,
500
0, &
700
0OR
C2 &
A O
N SE
RIES
200
0, 4
000,
600
0, &
800
0
OPTI
ON L
OCAT
ION
REFE
RENC
ELE
TTER
OPT
ION
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y TU
BE N
UMBE
RAC
TUAT
ORTY
PER1
xA &
R2x
AR1
xH &
R2x
H
PORT
& N
EEDL
E LO
CATI
ONS
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y CI
RCLE
D NU
MBE
RS
-A1 II II
-A2 I I
-A-D
1 II II
-D2 I I
-D-M I &
III &
II
-E I & II
I & II
-TPO
RT 4 4
-P 1 1
-D 1 1
-QPO
RT 3 3
-P 2 2
-D 2 2
-OPO
RT 1 1
-P 2 2
-D 2 2
-B1 II N/A
-B2 I N/A
-B-P
1 II II
-P2 I I
-P-N I &
IIN/
A
STAN
DARD
PORT 2 2
-P 1 1
-D 1 1
SPEC
IFIE
D BY
R2x
xW
HEN
ORDE
RING
PA
U
O
Q R
TAS
V DI
A
W K
EYW
AY
M T
HREA
D4X
EAC
H FR
ONT,
BACK
& B
OTTO
M
+.00
1-.0
00DI
ANB
A +
(T° x
B)
Y +
(T° x
Z)
ZA M
AX HFG
JA
C
C/2
LKA
SQ
X NP
TOP
TION
ALAN
GLE
ADJU
STM
ENT
E D
III IV
III
ZA M
AX
C1 A
C2 E
NB1.
125
x .0
56 D
P2.
000
x .0
39 D
P2.
1654
x .0
52 D
P3.
3465
x .1
20 D
P
SHAF
T KE
YWAY
: SHO
WN
AT M
ID-R
OTAT
ION
PORT
POS
ITIO
N: IN
DICA
TED
BY C
IRCL
ED N
UMBE
RS
-O
& -Q
AVA
ILAB
LE O
N SE
RIES
100
0, 3
000,
500
0, &
700
0 ON
LYTU
BES
III &
IV: I
NCLU
DED
ON S
ERIE
S 20
00, 4
000,
600
0, &
800
0 UN
ITS
ONLY
MTG
. HOL
ES: C
ENTE
RED
ON C
ENTE
RLIN
E OF
ACT
UATO
R BO
DYCU
SHIO
NS: S
ERIE
S 10
00 &
200
0 AC
TUAT
ORS
ADD
1/2
" TO
RESP
ECTI
VE “
A” A
ND “
Y” D
IMEN
SION
S FO
R EA
CH C
USHI
ON
4
3
2 2
3
4
1
III
T°
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
IMPERIAL
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/18000r
3C
3C-12SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATIONCAT-03
DIMENSIONS: SERIES 1000-8000 ROTARY ACTUATORS
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
METRIC
SERI
ES10
00 &
200
030
00 &
400
050
00 &
600
070
00 &
800
0
LETT
ER D
IMEN
SION
V12
.69/
12.7
122
.22/
22.2
328
.55/
28.5
844
.42/
44.4
5
W3.
15 x
1.5
9 x
164.
75 x
2.3
6 x
386.
35 x
3.1
8 x
389.
53 x
2.3
6 x
78
QUIC
K RE
FERE
NCE
FOR:
A +
(T° x
B)
SERI
ES10
00 &
200
030
00 &
400
050
00 &
600
070
00 &
800
0
DEGR
EE O
F RO
TATI
ON
PORT
PRE
SSUR
IZED
- FU
LL C
CW P
OSIT
ION
C1 O
N SE
RIES
100
0, 3
000,
500
0, &
700
0OR
C1 &
E O
N SE
RIES
200
0, 4
000,
600
0, &
800
0
PORT
PRE
SSUR
IZED
- FU
LL C
W P
OSIT
ION
C2 O
N SE
RIES
100
0, 3
000,
500
0, &
700
0OR
C2 &
A O
N SE
RIES
200
0, 4
000,
600
0, &
800
0
OPTI
ON L
OCAT
ION
REFE
RENC
ELE
TTER
OPT
ION
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y TU
BE N
UMBE
RAC
TUAT
ORTY
PER1
xA &
R2x
AR1
xH &
R2x
H
PORT
& N
EEDL
E LO
CATI
ONS
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y CI
RCLE
D NU
MBE
RS
-A1 II II
-A2 I I
-A-D
1 II II
-D2 I I
-D-M I &
III &
II
-E I & II
I & II
-TPO
RT 4 4
-P 1 1
-D 1 1
-QPO
RT 3 3
-P 2 2
-D 2 2
-OPO
RT 1 1
-P 2 2
-D 2 2
-B1 II —
-B2 I —
-B-P
1 II II
-P2 I I
-P-N I &
IIN/
A
STAN
DARD
PORT 2 2
-P 1 1
-D 1 1
V12
.00/
11.9
722
.00/
21.9
628
.00/
27.9
644
.00/
43.9
6
W4
x 2.
5 x
156
x 3.
5 x
328
x 5
x 40
12 x
5 x
56
SPEC
IFIE
D BY
R2x
xW
HEN
ORDE
RING
PA
U
O
Q R
TAS
V DI
A
W K
EYW
AY
M T
HREA
D4X
EAC
H FR
ONT,
BACK
& B
OTTO
M
+.02
5-.0
00DI
ANB
A +
(T° x
B)
Y +
(T° x
Z)
ZA M
AX HFG
JA
C
C/2
LKA
SQ
X B
SPOP
TION
ALAN
GLE
ADJU
STM
ENT
E D
III IV
III
ZA M
AX
C1 A
C2 E
NB28
.58
x 1.
4 DP
50.8
0 x
1.0
DP55
.00
x 1.
3 DP
85.0
0 x
3.0
DP
SHAF
T KE
YWAY
: SHO
WN
AT M
ID-R
OTAT
ION
PORT
POS
ITIO
N: IN
DICA
TED
BY C
IRCL
ED N
UMBE
RS
-O
& -Q
AVA
ILAB
LE O
N SE
RIES
100
0, 3
000,
500
0, &
700
0 ON
LYTU
BES
III &
IV: I
NCLU
DED
ON S
ERIE
S 20
00, 4
000,
600
0, &
800
0 UN
ITS
ONLY
MTG
. HOL
ES: C
ENTE
RED
ON C
ENTE
RLIN
E OF
ACT
UATO
R BO
DYCU
SHIO
NS: S
ERIE
S 10
00 &
200
0 AC
TUAT
ORS
ADD
13
mm
TO
RESP
ECTI
VE “
A” A
ND “
Y” D
IMEN
SION
S FO
R EA
CH C
USHI
ON
4
3
2 2
3
4
1
III
T°
A 145
201
232
302
B 0.44
0.66
0.66
1.33
C 76 108
127
203
D 51 76 102
127
E38
.150
.863
.576
.2
F 6 9 10 12
G 13 17 19 27
H 0 6 5 11
JA 19 29 29 48
KA 35 48 57 89
L 36 53 58 92
O 50.8
76.2
76.2
127.
0
PA 22 48 48 89
Q 50.8
76.2
88.9
127.
0
R 13 16 19 38
S 6 13 13 32
TA 38.1
50.8
50.8
63.5
U 8 14 10 19
Y 72 100
116
154
Z0.
220.
330.
330.
66
ZA 29 38 48 73
MM
6 x
1.0
x 8
M8
x 1.
0 x
13M
10 x
1.5
x 1
6M
20 x
2.5
x 3
2
4516
4.6
230.
526
1.5
368.
3
9018
4.5
260.
229
1.1
427.
7
180
224.
331
9.7
351.
454
8.0
270
264.
137
9.1
410.
166
5.5
360
303.
843
8.6
469.
578
4.4
450
343.
649
8.0
529.
090
3.2
IMPE
RIAL
SHA
FTS*
MET
RIC
SHAF
TS*
* BO
TH IM
PERI
AL A
ND M
ETRI
C SH
AFT
OPTI
ONS
AVAI
LABL
E ON
MET
RIC
BODY
(IM
PERI
AL S
HAFT
= D
ESIG
N 5,
AND
MET
RIC
SHAF
T =
DESI
GN 6
).
NUM
BERS
ARE
FOR
MET
RIC
UNIT
S AN
D AR
E IN
mm
.
X 1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/18000r
3C
3C-13SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03
ORDERING DATA: AIR/OIL TANDEM ROTARY ACTUATORS
ANGL
E OF
ROT
ATIO
NST
ANDA
RD A
NGLE
S45
°, 90
°, 18
0°, 2
70°,
360°
, and
450
°Fo
r oth
er a
vaila
ble
rota
tions
, con
sult
PHD.
R1 3
R-
9018
0-
DM
-V
TO O
RDER
SPE
CIFY
:Ty
pe, D
esig
n No
., Se
ries,
Angl
e of
Rot
atio
n, a
nd O
ptio
ns.
--
A2
SERI
ES2
(000
) 1" B
ore
Doub
le R
ack
4 (0
00) 1
-3/8
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
k6
(000
) 2" B
ore
Doub
le R
ack
8 (0
00) 3
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
k
(
Oil S
ectio
n is
2" B
ore)
NOTE
:Sen
sor m
ust b
e us
ed w
ith a
PHD
Set P
oint
Mod
ule.
See
Sw
itche
s an
dSe
nsor
s se
ctio
n fo
r inf
orm
atio
n an
dor
derin
g da
ta.
-3
CUSH
ION
D-C
ushi
ons
both
dire
ctio
nsD1
-Cus
hion
clo
ckw
ise
D2-C
ushi
on c
ount
ercl
ockw
ise
ANGL
E AD
JUST
MEN
TA
-An
gle
adju
stm
ent b
oth
ends
A1-
Angl
e ad
just
men
t clo
ckw
ise
30°
A2-
Angl
e ad
just
men
t cou
nter
cloc
kwis
e 30
°
PORT
CON
TROL
©
BUIL
T-IN
MET
ER O
UTFL
OW C
ONTR
OL V
ALVE
Port
Cont
rol i
s st
anda
rd o
nal
l Air/
Oil T
ande
m A
ctua
tors
.
UNIT
S W
ITH
IMPE
RIAL
SHA
FTS
AND
KEYW
AY
ANGL
E OF
ROT
ATIO
NFR
OM P
OSIT
ION
ITO
POS
ITIO
N II
Use
this
dig
it fo
r 3Po
sitio
n Ta
ndem
s on
ly.
OPTI
ONS
C-C
ross
Key
Pin
ion
Shaf
tE
-Mag
netic
Pis
ton
for H
all E
ffect
Sw
itch
G-S
haft
Seal
bot
h si
des
H-H
ollo
w P
inio
n Sh
aft (
not a
vaila
ble
on ty
pe R
23R)
I-P
ort P
ositi
on 1
top
rack
Port
Posi
tion
3 bo
ttom
rack
J-H
all S
enso
r (Se
t Poi
nt M
odul
e is
ord
ered
sepa
rate
ly) f
or u
nits
not
exc
eedi
ng 1
80°
K-P
relo
ad K
eyw
ay P
inio
n Sh
aft
L-C
ount
ercl
ockw
ise
Unid
irect
iona
l Clu
tch
M-M
agne
tic P
isto
n fo
r Ree
d Sw
itch
N-P
ilot V
alve
Act
uato
r (PV
A)R
-Clo
ckw
ise
Unid
irect
iona
l Clu
tch
T-P
ort i
n Po
sitio
n 4
V-F
luor
o-El
asto
mer
Sea
lsW
-Clo
se T
oler
ance
Rot
atio
n, +
30 m
inut
es, -
0Y
-Tan
dem
Cap
rota
ted
180°
Z1- E
lect
role
ss N
icke
l Pla
te
3 RO
TARY
POS
ITIO
NSUs
e th
is d
igit
for 3
Posi
tion
Tand
ems
only.
TYPE
IMPE
RIAL
MET
RIC
R13R
-Sin
gle
Shaf
t Ext
.R1
8R-
Sing
le S
haft
Ext.
Air/O
il Ta
ndem
Air/O
il Ta
ndem
R23R
-Dou
ble
Shaf
t Ext
.R2
8R-
Doub
le S
haft
Ext.
Air/O
il Ta
ndem
Air/O
il Ta
ndem SIZE
NO.
-32
-34
-38
-39
See
Switc
hes
and
Sens
ors
sect
ion
for c
ompl
ete
orde
ring
info
rmat
ion.
PROX
IMIT
Y SW
ITCH
MOU
NTIN
G BR
ACKE
TS
SERI
ES20
0040
0060
0080
00
DESI
GN N
O.3
-Im
peria
l - P
orts
and
mou
ntin
g ho
les
are
impe
rial
8-
Met
ric -
Ports
and
mou
ntin
g ho
les
are
met
ric.
Pino
n sh
aft a
nd k
eyw
ay a
re i
mpe
rial.
IMPERIAL
!Op
tions
may
affe
ct u
nit l
engt
h.Se
e un
it di
men
sion
and
opt
ions
page
s fo
r add
ers.
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/28000r
3C
3C-14SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATIONCAT-03
ORDERING DATA: AIR/OIL TANDEM ROTARY ACTUATORS
R1 9
R-
9018
0-
DM
-V
TO O
RDER
SPE
CIFY
:Ty
pe, D
esig
n No
., Se
ries,
Angl
e of
Rot
atio
n, a
nd O
ptio
ns.
--
A2
SERI
ES2
(000
) 1" B
ore
Doub
le R
ack
4 (0
00) 1
-3/8
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
k6
(000
) 2" B
ore
Doub
le R
ack
8 (0
00) 3
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
k
(
Oil S
ectio
n is
2" B
ore)
NOTE
:Sen
sor m
ust b
e us
ed w
ith a
PHD
Set
Poin
t Mod
ule.
See
Sw
itche
s an
d Se
nsor
s se
ctio
nfo
r inf
orm
atio
n an
d or
derin
g da
ta.
-3
CUSH
ION
D-C
ushi
ons
both
dire
ctio
nsD1
-Cus
hion
clo
ckw
ise
D2-C
ushi
on c
ount
ercl
ockw
ise
ANGL
E AD
JUST
MEN
TA
-An
gle
adju
stm
ent b
oth
ends
A1-
Angl
e ad
just
men
t clo
ckw
ise
30°
A2-
Angl
e ad
just
men
t cou
nter
cloc
kwis
e 30
°
PORT
CON
TROL
©
BUIL
T-IN
MET
ER O
UTFL
OW C
ONTR
OL V
ALVE
Port
Cont
rol i
s st
anda
rd o
nal
l Air/
Oil T
ande
m A
ctua
tors
.
SIZE
NO.
-32
-34
-38
-39
See
Switc
hes
and
Sens
ors
sect
ion
for c
ompl
ete
orde
ring
info
rmat
ion.
PROX
IMIT
Y SW
ITCH
MOU
NTIN
G BR
ACKE
TS
SERI
ES20
0040
0060
0080
00ANGL
E OF
ROT
ATIO
NFR
OM P
OSIT
ION
ITO
POS
ITIO
N II
Use
this
dig
it fo
r 3Po
sitio
n Ta
ndem
s on
ly.
OPTI
ONS
E-M
agne
tic P
isto
n fo
r Hal
l Effe
ct S
witc
hI
-Por
t Pos
ition
1 to
p ra
ckPo
rt Po
sitio
n 3
botto
m ra
ckM
-Mag
netic
Pis
ton
for R
eed
Switc
hT
-Por
t in
Posi
tion
4V
-Flu
oro-
Elas
tom
er S
eals
W-C
lose
Tol
eran
ce R
otat
ion,
+30
min
utes
, -0
Y-T
ande
m C
ap ro
tate
d 18
0°Z1
- Ele
ctro
less
Nic
kel P
late
ANGL
E OF
ROT
ATIO
NST
ANDA
RD A
NGLE
S45
°, 9
0°, 1
80°,
270
°,36
0°, a
nd 4
50°
For o
ther
ava
ilabl
ero
tatio
ns, c
onsu
lt PH
D.
3 RO
TARY
POS
ITIO
NSUs
e th
is d
igit
for 3
Posi
tion
Tand
ems
only.
TYPE
R19R
-Si
ngle
Sha
ft Ex
t.Ai
r/Oil
Tand
emR2
9R-
Doub
le S
haft
Ext.
Air/O
il Ta
ndem
UNIT
S W
ITH
MET
RIC
SHAF
TS A
ND K
EYW
AY
DESI
GN N
O.9
-M
etric
- Po
rts, m
ount
ing
hole
s, p
inio
nsh
aft a
nd k
eyw
ay a
re m
etric
.
METRIC
!Op
tions
may
affe
ct u
nit l
engt
h.Se
e un
it di
men
sion
and
opt
ions
page
s fo
r add
ers.
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/28000r
3C
3C-15SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03
AIR/OIL TANDEM ROTARY ACTUATORS:SERIES 2000-8000
A
B
OPERATING PRINCIPLEThis feature is available on Series 2000, 4000, 6000,
and 8000. One end functions as a control member only,reducing the effective output torque to match 1000, 3000,5000, and 7000 respectively.
The illustration shows a Tandem Actuator with built-inPort Controls®, crossover manifold and oil reservoir. Thelatter serves as an accumulator to compensate for oilvolume changes due to temperature variation.
NOTE: The Reservoir should have 20 psi [1.3 bar]pressure at all times to ensure the system remains purged.
OUTPUT TORQUES TO 1,590 in-lb [179 Nm]
THEORETICAL TORQUE in-lb/psi [Nm/bar]SERIES
2000 4000 6000 8000.38 1.1 2.3 10.6
[.63] [1.83] [3.62] [17.61]
BENEFITS
■ PHD Air/Oil Tandem Actuators provide smooth consistentrotary motion even at low speeds for applications requiringpositive control of payload.
■ Design provides simplicity and economics of air power with thesmooth control of hydraulics.
■ Oil transfer is accomplished through a one-piece tandem capeliminating external crossovers.
■ Four bore sizes are available in both 2 and 3 position modelswith standard rotations up to 450° to fit a variety ofapplication requirements.
■ Built-in flow controls are standard for precise control ofrotation speed.
■ Free floating pistons with rack and pinion design eliminatebinding for low breakaway and long unit life.
■ Sealed shaft ball bearings provide long life and maximum shaftstability for heavy payloads.
■ Available with a wide range of options including cushions,angle adjustments, shock pads, and pinion shaft options forspecifying the exact actuator for your application.
■ Simple construction allows easy field repairability.
SPECIFICATIONS R1xR & R2xRPISTON SEALS (3 Per Piston) Block Vee with Back-up RingPISTONS Free Floating AluminumPINION SHAFTS One Piece Alloy SteelRACK Alloy SteelEND CAPS Zinc Plated SteelBODY Hardcoated AluminumTUBES Hardcoated Aluminum on Air side, Honed Steel on Oil sideBEARINGS Two Steel Ball BearingsPORTS NPT [BSP]LUBRICATION Permanent for Non-Lube AirWORKING PRESSURE 150 psi [10 bar] Air Max.STANDARD ROTATIONS 45°, 90°, 180°, 270°, 360°, 450°OPTIONS Cushions, Angle Adjustments, Magnetic Pistons,
Fluoro-Elastomer Seals (Port Controls® are standard)HYDRAULIC FLUID Rykon 32 (Viscosity at 100°F [38°C] is 158 SSU; at 250°F [126°C] is 45.1)
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/28000r
3C
3C-16SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATIONCAT-03
DIMENSIONS: AIR/OIL TANDEM ROTARY ACTUATORS
LETT
ER D
IMEN
SION
QUIC
K RE
FERE
NCE
FOR:
A +
(T° x
B)
DEGR
EE O
F RO
TATI
ONOP
TION
LOC
ATIO
N RE
FERE
NCE
LETT
ER O
PTIO
NRE
FERE
NCED
BY
TUBE
NUM
BER
ACTU
ATOR
TYPE
R1xR
& R
2xR
-A1 III
-A2 I
-A-P
STAN
DARD
-M I & II
I-E
I & II
I
-TPO
RT 4-P 4
-D 4
STAN
DARD
PORT 2
-P 4-D 4
SERI
ES20
0040
0060
0080
00
A6.
215
7.98
69.
190
11.1
28
B.0
174
.026
.026
.052
C3.
000
4.25
05.
000
8.00
0
D2.
000
3.00
04.
000
5.00
0
E1.
500
2.00
02.
500
3.00
0
F .250
.344
.375
.469
G .500
.688
.750
1.06
2
H 0.00
.250
.203
.437
JA .750
1.15
61.
156
1.87
5
KA 1.37
51.
875
2.25
03.
500
L1.
437
2.09
42.
281
3.62
5
LA 2.87
54.
187
4.68
76.
125
O2.
000
3.00
03.
000
5.00
0
PA .875
1.87
51.
875
3.50
0
Q2.
000
3.00
03.
500
5.00
0
R .500
.625
.750
1.50
0
S .250
.500
.500
1.25
0
TA 1.50
02.
000
2.00
02.
500
U2 .312
.562
.375
.750
V.4
998/
.500
3.8
748/
.875
31.
124/
1.12
51.
749/
1.75
0
W1/
8 x
1/16
x .6
253/
16 x
3/3
2 x
1.50
01/
4 x
1/8
x 1.
500
3/8
x 3/
16 x
3.0
00
X 1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
Y2.
849
3.95
34.
563
6.08
0
Z.0
087
.013
.013
.026
ZA 1.12
51.
500
1.87
52.
875
M1/
4-20
x .3
12 D
P5/
16-1
8 x
.500
DP
3/8-
16 x
.625
DP
3/4-
10 x
1.2
50 D
P
U1 .125
.125
.125
1.00
0 SERI
ES20
0040
0060
0080
00
45 6.99
89.
156
10.3
6013
.468
90 7.78
110
.326
11.5
3015
.808
180
9.34
712
.666
13.8
7020
.488
270
10.9
1315
.006
16.2
1025
.168
360
12.4
7917
.346
18.5
5029
.848
450
14.0
4519
.686
20.8
9034
.528
PORT
& N
EEDL
E LO
CATI
ONS
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y CI
RCLE
D NU
MBE
RS
-D1 II
-D2 IV
-D-P
1-P
2
RESE
RVOI
R AS
SEM
BLY
IS IN
CLUD
ED W
ITH
UNIT
.DI
MEN
SION
AL D
ATA
IS IN
AIR
/OIL
& R
ESER
VOIR
SEC
TION
10.
SERI
ES 2
000,
400
0, &
600
0 UN
ITS
USE
PART
NO.
134
59-0
3-2.
SERI
ES 8
000
UNIT
S US
E PA
RT N
O. 1
3459
-02-
2.
NOTE
:THE
RES
ERVO
IR S
HOUL
D HA
VE 2
0 PS
I PRE
SSUR
E AT
ALL
TIM
ESTO
ENS
URE
THE
SYST
EM R
EMAI
NS P
URGE
D.
2X P
ORT
CONT
ROLS
CHEC
K VA
LVE
FITT
ING
SPEC
IFIE
D BY
R2x
RW
HEN
ORDE
RING
U1
PAU2
LBO
Q R
TAS
V DI
A
W K
EYW
AY2X
BLE
ED P
LUGS
M T
HREA
D4X
EAC
H FR
ONT,
BACK
& B
OTTO
M
LA/2
LA
.080
1.00
0+.
001
-.000
DIA
NB
A +
(T° x
B)
Y +
(T° x
Z)
ZA M
AX HFG
JA
C
C/2
L KA S
Q
2XX
NPT
OPTI
ONAL
ANGL
E AD
JUST
MEN
T
E D
III IV
III
C2 E
T°
PORT
PRE
SSUR
IZED
- C2
FULL
CW
POS
ITIO
NPO
RT P
RESS
URIZ
ED -
EFU
LL C
CW P
OSIT
ION
III
NB1.
125
x .0
56 D
P2.
000
x .0
39 D
P2.
1654
x .0
52 D
P3.
3465
x .1
20 D
P
LB 1.75
02.
750
2.75
03.
000
SHAF
T KE
YWAY
: SHO
WN
AT M
ID-R
OTAT
ION
PORT
POS
ITIO
N: IN
DICA
TED
BY C
IRCL
ED N
UMBE
RSM
TG. H
OLES
: CEN
TERE
D ON
CEN
TERL
INE
OF A
CTUA
TOR
BODY
42 2
3
4
1
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
IMPERIAL
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/28000r
3C
3C-17SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03
XG1
/8G1
/4G1
/4G3
/8
Y 72 100
116
154
Z0.
220.
330.
330.
66
ZA 29 38 48 73
LETT
ER D
IMEN
SION
QUIC
K RE
FERE
NCE
FOR:
A +
(T° x
B)
DEGR
EE O
F RO
TATI
ON
SERI
ES20
0040
0060
0080
00
SERI
ES20
0040
0060
0080
00
A 158
203
233
283
B 0.44
0.66
0.66
1.32
C 76 108
127
203
D 51 76 102
127
E38
.150
.863
.576
.2
F 6 9 10 12
G 13 17 19 27
H 0 6 5 11
JA 19 29 29 48
KA 35 48 57 89
L 36 53 58 92
LA 73 106
119
156
LB 44 70 70 76
O 50.8
76.2
76.2
127.
0
PA 22 48 48 89
Q 50.8
76.2
88.9
127
R 13 16 19 38
S 6 13 13 32
TA 38.1
50.8
50.8
63.5
U2 8 14 10 19
MM
6 x
1.0
x 8
M8
x 1.
0 x
13M
10 x
1.5
x 1
6M
20 x
2.5
x 3
2
U1 3 3 3 25
4517
7.7
232.
626
3.1
342.
1
9019
7.6
262.
229
2.9
401.
5
180
237.
432
1.7
352.
352
0.4
270
277.
238
1.2
411.
763
9.3
360
317.
044
0.6
471.
275
8.1
450
356.
750
0.0
530.
987
7.0
NB28
.58
X 1.
450
.80
X 1.
055
.00
X 1.
385
.00
X 3.
0
V12
.69/
12.7
122
.22/
22.2
328
.55/
28.5
844
.42/
44.4
5
W3.
15 x
1.5
9 x
164.
75 x
2.3
6 x
386.
35 x
3.1
8 x
389.
53 x
2.3
6 x
78
V12
.00/
11.9
722
.00/
21.9
628
.00/
27.9
644
.00/
43.9
6
W4
x 2.
5 x
156
x 3.
5 x
328
x 5
x 40
12 x
5 x
56
RESE
RVOI
R AS
SEM
BLY
IS IN
CLUD
ED W
ITH
UNIT
.SE
RIES
200
0, 4
000,
& 6
000
UNIT
S US
E PA
RT N
O. 6
8397
-03-
2.SE
RIES
800
0 UN
ITS
USE
PART
NO.
683
97-0
2-2.
NOTE
:THE
RES
ERVO
IR S
HOUL
D HA
VE 1
.4 b
ar P
RESS
URE
AT A
LL T
IMES
TO E
NSUR
E TH
E SY
STEM
REM
AINS
PUR
GED.
2X P
ORT
CONT
ROLS
CHEC
K VA
LVE
FITT
ING
SPEC
IFIE
D BY
R2x
RW
HEN
ORDE
RING
U1
PAU2
LBO
Q R
TAS
V DI
A
W K
EYW
AY2X
BLE
ED P
LUGS
M T
HREA
D4X
EAC
H FR
ONT,
BACK
& B
OTTO
M
LA/2
LA
2.1
25.4
+.02
5-.0
00DI
ANB
A +
(T° x
B)
Y +
(T° x
Z)
ZA M
AX HFG
JA
C
C/2
L KA S
Q
2XX
BSP
OPTI
ONAL
ANGL
E AD
JUST
MEN
T
E D
III IV
III
C2 E
T°
PORT
PRE
SSUR
IZED
- C2
FULL
CW
POS
ITIO
NPO
RT P
RESS
URIZ
ED -
EFU
LL C
CW P
OSIT
ION
III
OPTI
ON L
OCAT
ION
REFE
RENC
ELE
TTER
OPT
ION
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y TU
BE N
UMBE
R
-A1 III
-A2 I
-A-P
STAN
DARD
-M I & II
I-E
I & II
I
-TPO
RT 4-P 4
-D 4
STAN
DARD
PORT 2
-P 4-D 4
PORT
& N
EEDL
E LO
CATI
ONS
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y CI
RCLE
D NU
MBE
RS
-D1 II
-D2
IV
-D-P
1-P
2AC
TUAT
ORTY
PER1
xR &
R2x
R
SHAF
T KE
YWAY
: SHO
WN
AT M
ID-R
OTAT
ION
PORT
POS
ITIO
N: IN
DICA
TED
BY C
IRCL
ED N
UMBE
RSM
TG. H
OLES
: CEN
TERE
D ON
CEN
TERL
INE
OF A
CTUA
TOR
BODY
42 2
3
4
1
IMPE
RIAL
SHA
FTS*
MET
RIC
SHAF
TS*
* BO
TH IM
PERI
AL A
ND M
ETRI
C SH
AFT
OPTI
ONS
AVAI
LABL
E ON
MET
RIC
BODY
(IM
PERI
AL S
HAFT
= D
ESIG
N 8,
AND
MET
RIC
SHAF
T =
DESI
GN 9
).
NUM
BERS
FOR
MET
RIC
UNIT
S AN
D AR
E IN
mm
.
DIMENSIONS: AIR/OIL TANDEM ROTARY ACTUATORS
METRIC
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/28000r
3C
3C-18SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATIONCAT-03
DIMENSIONS: 3 POSITION AIR/OIL TANDEM
ZA M
AX
F
HNB
+.00
1-.0
00DI
AG
YB +
(T° x
Z)
Y +
( T° x
Z ) M
THR
EAD
4X E
ACH
FRON
T,BA
CK &
BOT
TOM
E D
4XX
NPT
C/2
C
L
JA
KA S
QSP
ECIF
IED
BY3R
2xR
WHE
NOR
DERI
NG
STA
Q
O
U1
PA
W K
EYW
AY
V DI
A
R
FA GA
YA +
Z (T
° + J
°)
YA +
Z (T
° + K
)
V
VI
U2
RESE
RVIO
R AS
SEM
BLY
IS IN
CLUD
ED W
ITH
UNIT
.DI
MEN
SION
AL D
ATA
IS IN
AIR
/OIL
& R
ESER
VOIR
SEC
TION
10.
SERI
ES 2
000,
400
0, &
600
0 UN
ITS
USE
PART
NO.
134
59-0
3-2.
SERI
ES 8
000
UNIT
S US
E PA
RT N
O. 1
3459
-02-
2.
NOTE
:THE
RES
ERVO
IR S
HOUL
D HA
VE 2
0 PS
I PRE
SSUR
E AT
ALL
TIM
ESTO
ENS
URE
THE
SYST
EM R
EMAI
NS P
URGE
D.
1.00
0.0
80 LA
LA/2
2X B
LEED
PLU
GS
SHAF
T KE
YWAY
: SHO
WN
AT M
ID-R
OTAT
ION
PORT
POS
ITIO
NS: I
NDIC
ATED
BY
CIRC
LED
NUM
BERS
MTG
. HOL
ES: C
ENTE
RED
ON C
ENTE
RLIN
E OF
ACT
UATO
R BO
DYPL
UMBI
NG S
CHEM
ATIC
: L0C
ATED
IN E
NGIN
EERI
NG D
ATA
SECT
ION
NB1.
125
x .0
56 D
P 2
.000
x .0
39 D
P2.
1654
x .0
52 D
P3.
3465
x .1
20 D
P
LB 1.75
02.
750
2.75
03.
000
III
III
IV
LB
CHEC
K VA
LVE
FITT
ING
2X P
ORT
CONT
ROLS
1
4 4
3
22
LETT
ER D
IMEN
SION
OPTI
ON L
OCAT
ION
REFE
RENC
ELE
TTER
OPT
ION
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y TU
BE N
UMBE
RAC
TUAT
ORTY
PE3R
1xR
& 3
R2xR
-D1 II
-D2 IV
-D-M I &
III
V &
VI
-EI &
III
V &
VI
SERI
ES20
0040
0060
0080
00
PORT
& N
EEDL
E LO
CATI
ONS
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y CI
RCLE
D NU
MBE
RS
Z.0
087
.013
.013
.026
ZA 1.12
51.
500
1.87
52.
875
C3.
000
4.25
05.
000
8.00
0
D2.
000
3.00
04.
000
5.00
0
E1.
500
2.00
02.
500
3.00
0
F .500
.344
.375
.469
H 0.00
.250
.203
.437
JA .750
1.15
61.
156
1.87
5
KA 1.37
51.
875
2.25
03.
500
L1.
437
2.09
42.
281
3.62
5
LA 2.87
54.
187
4.68
76.
125
O2.
000
3.00
03.
000
5.00
0
PA .875
1.87
51.
875
3.50
0
Q2.
000
3.00
03.
500
5.00
0
R .500
.625
.750
1.50
0
S .250
.500
.500
1.25
0
TA 1.50
02.
000
2.00
02.
500
U2 .312
.562
.375
.750
V.4
998/
.500
3.8
748/
.875
31.
124/
1.12
51.
749/
1.75
0
W1/
8 x
1/16
x .6
253/
16 x
3/3
2 x
1.50
01/
4 x
1/8
x 1.
500
3/8
x 3/
16 x
3.0
00
X 1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
Y3.
366
4.03
34.
627
5.04
8
M1/
4-20
x .3
12 D
P5/
16-1
8 x
.500
DP
3/8-
16 x
.625
DP
3/4-
10 x
1.2
50 D
P
U1 .125
.125
.125
1.00
0
FA .500
.375
.344
.469
G .750
.688
.750
1.06
2
GA .750
.719
.719
1.06
2
YA 5.98
36.
721
7.32
59.
865
YB 2.59
93.
360
3.98
05.
236
-AST
ANDA
RD
-P
STAN
DARD
-P1
-P2
-TPO
RT 4-P 4
-D 4
STAN
DARD
PORT 2
-P 4-D 4
C2 E
D 1
D2
OPTI
ONAL
ANGL
E AD
JUST
MEN
T
III
I
POR
TS P
RES
SUR
IZED
D1
& D
2
II
PORT
PRE
SSUR
IZED
- E
FULL
CCW
POS
ITIO
NPO
RT P
RESS
URIZ
ED -
C2FU
LL C
W P
OSIT
ION
T°
K°J°
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
IMPERIAL
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/28000r
3C
3C-19SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03
ZA M
AX
F
HNB
+.02
5-.0
00DI
AG
YB +
(T° x
Z)
Y +
( T° x
Z ) M
THR
EAD
4X E
ACH
FRON
T,BA
CK &
BOT
TOM
E D
4XX
BSP
C/2
C
L
JA
KA S
QSP
ECIF
IED
BY3R
2xR
WHE
NOR
DERI
NG
STA
Q
O
U1
PA
W K
EYW
AY
V DI
A
R
FA GA
YA +
Z (T
° + J
°)
YA +
Z (T
° + K
)
V
VI
U2
RESE
RVIO
R AS
SEM
BLY
IS IN
CLUD
ED W
ITH
UNIT
.SE
RIES
200
0, 4
000,
& 6
000
UNIT
S US
E PA
RT N
O. 6
8397
-03-
2.SE
RIES
800
0 UN
ITS
USE
PART
NO.
683
97-0
2-2.
NOTE
:THE
RES
ERVO
IR S
HOUL
D HA
VE 1
.4 B
AR P
RESS
URE
AT A
LL T
IMES
TO E
NSUR
E TH
E SY
STEM
REM
AINS
PUR
GED.
25.4
2.1 LA
LA/2
2X B
LEED
PLU
GS
SHAF
T KE
YWAY
: SHO
WN
AT M
ID-R
OTAT
ION
PORT
POS
ITIO
NS: I
NDIC
ATED
BY
CIRC
LED
NUM
BERS
MTG
. HOL
ES: C
ENTE
RED
ON C
ENTE
RLIN
E OF
ACT
UATO
R BO
DYPL
UMBI
NG S
CHEM
ATIC
: L0C
ATED
IN E
NGIN
EERI
NG D
ATA
SECT
ION
III
III
IV
LB
CHEC
K VA
LVE
FITT
ING
2X P
ORT
CONT
ROLS
1
4 4
3
22
OPTI
ON L
OCAT
ION
REFE
RENC
ELE
TTER
OPT
ION
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y TU
BE N
UMBE
RAC
TUAT
ORTY
PE3R
1xR
& 3
R2xR
-D1 II
-D2
IV
-D-M I &
III
V &
VI
-EI &
III
V &
VI
PORT
& N
EEDL
E LO
CATI
ONS
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y CI
RCLE
D NU
MBE
RS
-AST
ANDA
RD
-P
STAN
DARD
-P1
-P2
-TPO
RT 4-P 4
-D 4
STAN
DARD
PORT 2
-P 4-D 4
LETT
ER D
IMEN
SION
SERI
ES20
0040
0060
0080
00
C 76 108
127
203
D 51 76 102
127
E38
.150
.863
.576
.2
F 13 9 10 12
G 19 17 19 27
H 0 6 5 11
JA 19 29 29 48
KA 35 48 57 89
L 36 53 58 92
O 50.8
76.2
76.2
127.
0
PA 22 48 48 89
Q 50.8
76.2
88.9
127.
0
R 13 16 19 38
S 6 13 13 32
TA 38.1
50.8
50.8
63.5
U2 8 14 10 19
XG1
/8G1
/4G1
/4G3
/8
Y 85 102
118
128
Z0.
220.
330.
330.
66
ZA 29 38 48 73
MM
6 x
1.0
x 8
M8
x 1.
0 x
13M
10 x
1.5
x 1
6M
20 x
2.5
x 3
2
FA 13 10 9 12
GA 19 18 18 27
U1 3 3 3 25
YA 152
171
186
251
YB 66 85 101
133
LA 73.0
106.
411
9.1
155.
6
LB 44.5
69.9
69.9
76.2
NB28
.58
x 1.
4 DP
50.8
0 x
1.0
DP55
.00
x 1.
3 DP
85.0
0 x
3.0
DP
V12
.69/
12.7
122
.22/
22.2
328
.55/
28.5
844
.42/
44.4
5
W3.
15 x
1.5
9 x
164.
75 x
2.3
6 x
386.
35 x
3.1
8 x
389.
53 x
2.3
6 x
78
V12
.00/
11.9
722
.00/
21.9
628
.00/
27.9
644
.00/
43.9
6
W4
x 2.
5 x
156
x 3.
5 x
328
x 5
x 40
12 x
5 x
56
C2 E
D 1
D2
OPTI
ONAL
ANGL
E AD
JUST
MEN
T
III
I
POR
TS P
RES
SUR
IZED
D1
& D
2
II
PORT
PRE
SSUR
IZED
- E
FULL
CCW
POS
ITIO
NPO
RT P
RESS
URIZ
ED -
C2FU
LL C
W P
OSIT
ION
T°
K°J°
IMPE
RIAL
SHA
FTS*
MET
RIC
SHAF
TS*
* BO
TH IM
PERI
AL A
ND M
ETRI
C SH
AFT
OPTI
ONS
AVAI
LABL
E ON
MET
RIC
BODY
(IM
PERI
AL S
HAFT
= D
ESIG
N 8,
AND
MET
RIC
SHAF
T =
DESI
GN 9
).
NUM
BERS
FOR
MET
RIC
UNIT
S AN
D AR
E IN
mm
.
DIMENSIONS: 3 POSITION AIR/OIL TANDEM
METRIC
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/28000r
3C
3C-20SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATIONCAT-03
ORDERING DATA: MULTI-POSITION ROTARY ACTUATORS
NOTE
S:1)
Angl
e Ad
just
men
ts a
re s
tand
ard
on a
ll M
ulti-
Posi
tion
Rota
ry A
ctua
tors
.2)
Sens
or m
ust b
e us
ed w
ith a
PHD
Set
Poi
nt M
odul
e.Se
e Sw
itche
s an
d Se
nsor
s se
ctio
n fo
r inf
orm
atio
nan
d or
derin
g da
ta.
R1 1
A-
9018
0-
P-D
TO O
RDER
SPE
CIFY
:No
. of R
otar
y Po
sitio
ns, T
ype,
Des
ign
No.,
Serie
s,To
tal A
ngle
of R
otat
ion,
Var
ious
Ang
le P
ositi
ons,
and
Optio
ns.
TOTA
L AN
GLE
OF R
OTAT
ION
STAN
DARD
ANG
LES
-
ANGL
E OF
ROT
ATIO
NFR
OM P
OSIT
ION
ITO
POS
ITIO
N II
4
SERI
ES2
(000
) 1" B
ore
Doub
le R
ack
4 (0
00) 1
-3/8
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
k6
(000
) 2" B
ore
Doub
le R
ack
8 (0
00) 3
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
kNO
TE: 2
000
Serie
s av
aila
ble
in3
Posi
tion
only.
-
ANGL
E OF
ROT
ATIO
NFR
OM P
OSIT
ION
ITO
POS
ITIO
N III
. US
EDON
4 &
5 P
OSIT
ION
ONLY
.
45-
-
ANGL
E OF
ROT
ATIO
NFR
OM P
OSIT
ION
ITO
POS
ITIO
N IV
. US
EDON
5 P
OSIT
ION
ONLY
.
OPTI
ONS
B-S
hock
Pad
s on
ext
rem
e po
sitio
ns (n
otav
aila
ble
on h
ydra
ulic
uni
ts)
C-C
ross
Key
Pin
ion
Shaf
tD
-Cus
hion
s on
ext
rem
e po
sitio
nsE
-Mag
netic
Pis
ton
(All)
or H
all E
ffect
Sw
itch
G-S
haft
Seal
bot
h si
des
H-H
ollo
w P
inio
n Sh
aft (
not a
vaila
ble
on ty
peR2
1x)
I-P
ort P
ositi
on 1
on
top
rack
Port
Posi
tion
3 on
bot
tom
rack
J-H
all S
enso
r for
rota
tions
not
exc
eedi
ng 1
80°
(Set
Poi
nt M
odul
e is
ord
ered
sep
arat
ely)
K-P
relo
ad K
eyw
ay P
inio
n Sh
aft
M-M
agne
tic P
isto
n (A
ll) fo
r Ree
d Sw
itch
P-P
ort C
ontro
ls o
n al
l cap
sT
-Por
t in
Posi
tion
4V
- Flu
oro-
Elas
tom
er S
eals
135
SERI
ES20
0040
0060
0080
00
SIZE
NO.
-32
-34
-38
-39
See
Switc
hes
and
Sens
ors
sect
ion
for c
ompl
ete
orde
ring
info
rmat
ion.
PROX
IMIT
Y SW
ITCH
MOU
NTIN
G BR
ACKE
TS
TYPE
IMPE
RIAL
MET
RIC
R11A
-Sin
gle
Shaf
t Ext
.R1
5A-S
ingl
e Sh
aft E
xt.
150
psi A
ir M
ax.
10 b
ar A
ir M
ax.
R21A
-Dou
ble
Shaf
t Ext
.R2
5A-D
oubl
e Sh
aft E
xt.
150
psi A
ir M
ax.
10 b
ar A
ir M
ax.
R11H
-Sin
gle
Shaf
t Ext
.R1
5H-S
ingl
e Sh
aft E
xt.
1500
psi
Hyd
. Max
.10
0 ba
r Hy
d. M
ax.
R21H
-Dou
ble
Shaf
t Ext
.R2
5H-D
oubl
e Sh
aft E
xt.
1500
psi
Hyd
. Max
.10
0 ba
r Hy
d. M
ax.
UNIT
S W
ITH
IMPE
RIAL
SHA
FTS
AND
KEYW
AY
5
DESI
GN N
O.1
-Im
peria
l - P
ort a
nd m
ount
ing
hole
s ar
e im
peria
l.5
-Met
ric -
Port
and
mou
ntin
g ho
les
are
met
ric.
Pini
on s
hafts
and
key
way
are
impe
rial.
NO. O
FRO
TARY
POS
ITIO
NS3
- 3 P
ositi
on4
- 4 P
ositi
on5
- 5 P
ositi
on
IMPERIAL
!Op
tions
may
affe
ct u
nit l
engt
h.Se
e un
it di
men
sion
and
opt
ions
page
s fo
r add
ers.
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/multir
3C
3C-21SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03
ORDERING DATA: MULTI-POSITION ROTARY ACTUATORS
-90
180
-P-
D
TO O
RDER
SPE
CIFY
:No
. of R
otar
y Po
sitio
ns, T
ype,
Des
ign
No.,
Serie
s,To
tal A
ngle
of R
otat
ion,
Var
ious
Ang
le P
ositi
ons,
and
Optio
ns.
TOTA
L AN
GLE
OF R
OTAT
ION
STAN
DARD
ANG
LES
-
ANGL
E OF
ROT
ATIO
NFR
OM P
OSIT
ION
ITO
POS
ITIO
N II
4
SERI
ES2
(000
) 1" B
ore
Doub
le R
ack
4 (0
00) 1
-3/8
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
k6
(000
) 2" B
ore
Doub
le R
ack
8 (0
00) 3
" Bor
e Do
uble
Rac
kNO
TE: 2
000
Serie
s av
aila
ble
in3
Posi
tion
only.
-
ANGL
E OF
ROT
ATIO
NFR
OM P
OSIT
ION
ITO
POS
ITIO
N III
. US
EDON
4 &
5 P
OSIT
ION
ONLY
.
45-
ANGL
E OF
ROT
ATIO
NFR
OM P
OSIT
ION
ITO
POS
ITIO
N IV
. US
EDON
5 P
OSIT
ION
ONLY
.
OPTI
ONS
B-S
hock
Pad
s on
ext
rem
e po
sitio
ns (n
otav
aila
ble
on h
ydra
ulic
uni
ts)
D-C
ushi
ons
on e
xtre
me
posi
tions
E-M
agne
tic P
isto
n (A
ll) o
r Hal
l Effe
ct S
witc
hG
-Sha
ft Se
al b
oth
side
sM
-Mag
netic
Pis
ton
(All)
for R
eed
Switc
hP
-Por
t Con
trols
on
all c
aps
T-P
ort i
n Po
sitio
n 4
V - F
luor
o-El
asto
mer
Sea
ls
135
SERI
ES20
0040
0060
0080
00
SIZE
NO.
-32
-34
-38
-39
See
Switc
hes
and
Sens
ors
sect
ion
for c
ompl
ete
orde
ring
info
rmat
ion.
PROX
IMIT
Y SW
ITCH
MOU
NTIN
G BR
ACKE
TS
TYPE
R16A
-Sin
gle
Shaf
t Ext
.10
bar
Air
Max
.R2
6A-D
oubl
e Sh
aft E
xt.
10 b
ar A
ir M
ax.
R16H
-Sin
gle
Shaf
t Ext
.10
0 ba
r Hyd
. Max
.R2
6H-D
oubl
e Sh
aft E
xt.
100
bar H
yd. M
ax.
UNIT
S W
ITH
MET
RIC
SHAF
TS A
ND K
EYW
AY
NOTE
S:1)
Angl
e Ad
just
men
ts a
re s
tand
ard
on a
ll M
ulti-
Posi
tion
Rota
ry A
ctua
tors
.2)
Sens
or m
ust b
e us
ed w
ith a
PHD
Set
Poi
nt M
odul
e.Se
e Sw
itche
s an
d Se
nsor
s se
ctio
n fo
r inf
orm
atio
nan
d or
derin
g da
ta.
-5
DESI
GN N
O.6
-Met
ric -
Ports
, mou
ntin
g ho
les,
pi
nion
sha
fts a
nd k
eyw
ay a
re m
etric
.
NO. O
FRO
TARY
POS
ITIO
NS3
- 3 P
ositi
on4
- 4 P
ositi
on5
- 5 P
ositi
on
R1 6
A
METRIC
!Op
tions
may
affe
ct u
nit l
engt
h.Se
e un
it di
men
sion
and
opt
ions
page
s fo
r add
ers.
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/multir
3C
3C-22SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATIONCAT-03
MULTI-POSITION ROTARY ACTUATORS:SERIES 2000-8000
B1C1C2D1
B2AED2
X
Y
OPERATING PRINCIPLEPHD Rotary Actuators and Multi-Motion Actuators
can be provided to yield three, four, or five output shaftpositions. The intermediate angle increments are fixed asspecified and only the extreme positions can be adjustedin the field.
Units are available for air or hydraulic service. Theschematic example shows a five position rotary actuator.Pressurizing Port E provides full counter clockwiserotation (Position I). Pressurizing Ports D1 and D2 trapsthe rack between the rod ends of the two outer pistons Xand Y to rotate output shaft to Position II. PressurizingPorts C1 and C2 moves floating pistons in the inside uppercylinders against stop tubes to trap the rack in Position III.Similarly, Positions IV and V can be obtained bypressurizing Ports B1, B2 and A respectively.
Output positions can be selected in any sequenceallowing the actuator to stop at, or pass, any of theintermediate positions (II, III, or IV).
OUTPUT TORQUES TO 15,900 in-lb [1797 Nm]
THEORETICAL TORQUE in-lb/psi [Nm/bar]SERIES
2000 4000 6000 8000.38 1.1 2.3 10.6
[.63] [1.83] [3.62] [17.61]
BENEFITS
■ PHD Multi-Position Rotary Actuators are offered in3, 4, or 5 output shaft positions ideal for feeding andpositioning applications.
■ Multiple positioning design eliminates expensive andcumbersome fixturing and pinning.
■ PHD Multi-Position Actuators are pneumatically orhydraulically powered providing output torques up to15,900 in-lb [1797 Nm].
■ Four bore sizes are available with extreme position rotation upto 450° to fit a variety of requirements.
■ Free floating pistons with rack and pinion design eliminatebinding for low breakaway and long unit life.
■ Sealed shaft ball bearings provide long life and maximum shaftstability for heavy payloads.
■ Available with a wide range of options including built-in flowcontrols, cushions, shock pads, and pinion shaft optionsspecifying the exact actuator for your application.
■ Simple construction allows easy field repairability.
TYPESPECIFICATIONS R1xA & R2xA R1xH & R2xHPISTON SEALS (3 Per Piston) Block Vee with Back-up RingPISTONS Free Floating AluminumTUBE SEALS Square CutPINION SHAFTS One Piece Alloy SteelRACKS Alloy SteelEND CAPS Zinc Plated SteelBODY Hardcoated AluminumTUBES Hardcoated Aluminum Hardcoated Aluminum on Series 2000 & 4000
— Honed Steel on Series 6000 & 8000BEARINGS (2) Steel Ball BearingsPORTS NPT [BSP]LUBRICATION Permanent for Non-Lube Air —WORKING PRESSURE 150 psi [10 bar] Air Max. 1500 psi [100 bar] Hyd. Max.STANDARD ROTATIONS 45°, 90°, 180°, 270°, 360°, 450°OPTIONS Port Controls®, Cushions, Magnetic Pistons,
Fluoro-Elastomer Seals (Angle Adjustment is standard)
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/multir
3C
3C-23SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03
DIMENSIONS: 3 POSITION ROTARY ACTUATORS
ZA M
AX
F
H
ZA M
AX
NB+.
001
-.000
DIA
GY
+ (T
° x Z
)A
+ (T
° x B
)
M T
HREA
D4X
EAC
H FR
ONT,
BACK
& B
OTTO
M
E D
4XX
NPT
C/2
C
L
JA
KA S
Q
SPEC
IFIE
D BY
3R2
1xW
HEN
ORDE
RING
STA
Q
OU
PA
W K
EYW
AY
V DI
A
R
O2.
000
3.00
03.
000
5.00
0
NB1.
125
x .0
56 D
P 2
.000
x .0
39 D
P2.
1654
x .0
52 D
P3.
3465
x .1
20 D
P
SHAF
T KE
YWAY
: SH
OWN
AT M
ID-R
OTAT
ION
PORT
POS
ITIO
NS: I
NDIC
ATED
BY
CIRC
LED
NUM
BERS
CUSH
IONS
:SER
IES
2000
ACT
UATO
RS:
ADD
1/2"
TO
RESP
ECTI
VE “
A” A
ND “
Y” D
IMEN
SION
FOR
EAC
H CU
SHIO
NM
TG. H
OLES
: CEN
TERE
D ON
CEN
TERL
INE
OF A
CTUA
TOR
BODY
STOP
TUB
ES: L
OCAT
ED IN
TUB
ES I
& II
PLUM
BING
SCH
EMAT
IC: L
0CAT
ED IN
ENG
INEE
RING
DAT
A SE
CTIO
N
III
III
IV
QUIC
K RE
FERE
NCE
FOR:
A +
(T° x
B)
LETT
ER D
IMEN
SION
C1 A
C2 E
456.
481
9.07
610
.296
14.5
00
907.
264
10.2
4611
.466
16.8
40
180
8.83
012
.586
13.8
0621
.520
270
10.3
9614
.926
16.1
4626
.200
360
11.9
6217
.266
18.4
8630
.880
450
13.5
2819
.606
20.8
2635
.560
DEGR
EE O
F RO
TATI
ON
ACTU
ATOR
TYPE
3R11
A &
3R2
1A3R
11H
& 3
R21H
III
I
POR
TS P
RES
SUR
IZED
C 1 &
C2
II
LETT
ER O
PTIO
NRE
FERE
NCED
BY
TUBE
NUM
BER
PORT
& N
EEDL
E LO
CATI
ONS
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y CI
RCLE
D NU
MBE
RS
OPTI
ON L
OCAT
ION
REFE
RENC
E
SERI
ES20
0040
0060
0080
00
A5.
698
7.90
69.
126
12.1
60
SERI
ES20
0040
0060
0080
00
PORT
PRE
SSUR
IZED
- E
FULL
CCW
POS
ITIO
NPO
RT P
RESS
URIZ
ED -
AFU
LL C
W P
OSIT
ION
KA 1.37
51.
875
2.25
03.
500
L1.
437
2.09
42.
281
3.62
5
M1/
4-20
x .3
12 D
P5/
16-1
8 x
.500
DP
3/8-
16 x
.625
DP
3/4-
10 x
1.2
50 D
P
PA .875
1.87
51.
875
3.50
0
R .500
.625
.750
1.50
0
V.4
998/
.500
3.8
748/
.875
31.
124/
1.12
51.
749/
1.75
0
X 1/8
1/4
1/4
3/8
Z.0
087
.013
.013
.026
D2.
000
3.00
04.
000
5.00
0
C3.
000
4.25
05.
000
8.00
0
B.0
174
.026
.026
.052
E1.
500
2.00
02.
500
3.00
0
H 0.00
.250
.203
.437
G .500
.688
.750
1.06
2
F.2
50.3
44.3
75.4
69
JA .750
1.15
61.
156
1.87
5
ZA 1.12
51.
500
1.87
52.
875
Y2.
849
3.95
34.
563
6.08
0
W1/
8 x
1/16
x .6
253/
16 x
3/3
2 x
1.50
01/
4 x
1/8
x 1.
500
3/8
x 3/
16 x
3.0
00
U .312
.562
.375
.750
Q2.
000
3.00
03.
500
5.00
0
S .250
.500
.500
1.25
0
TA1.
500
2.00
02.
000
2.50
0
-D I & II
I & II
1
2 2
3
44
T°
R°
I°
PORT 4 4
-P1
& 3
1 &
3
-D 1 1
-TPO
RT 2 2
-P1
& 3
1 &
3
-D 1 1
STAN
DARD
-M ALL
ALL
-P ALL
ALL
-AST
ANDA
RDST
ANDA
RD
-B I & II
N/A
-E ALL
ALL
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
IMPERIAL
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/multir
3C
3C-24SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATIONCAT-03
ZA M
AX
F
H
ZA M
AX
NB+.
025
-.000
DIA
GY
+ (T
° x Z
)A
+ (T
° x B
)
M T
HREA
D4X
EAC
H FR
ONT,
BACK
& B
OTTO
M
E D
4XX
BSP
C/2
C
L
JA
KA S
Q
SPEC
IFIE
D BY
3R2
xxW
HEN
ORDE
RING
STA
Q
OU
PA
W K
EYW
AY
V DI
A
R
SHAF
T KE
YWAY
: SH
OWN
AT M
ID-R
OTAT
ION
PORT
POS
ITIO
NS: I
NDIC
ATED
BY
CIRC
LED
NUM
BERS
CUSH
IONS
:SER
IES
2000
ACT
UATO
RS:
ADD
13.0
mm
TO
RESP
ECTI
VE “
A” A
ND “
Y” D
IMEN
SION
FOR
EAC
H CU
SHIO
NM
TG. H
OLES
: CEN
TERE
D ON
CEN
TERL
INE
OF A
CTUA
TOR
BODY
STOP
TUB
ES: L
OCAT
ED IN
TUB
ES I
& II
PLUM
BING
SCH
EMAT
IC: L
0CAT
ED IN
ENG
INEE
RING
DAT
A SE
CTIO
N
III
III
IV
QUIC
K RE
FERE
NCE
FOR:
A +
(T° x
B)
LETT
ER D
IMEN
SION
A 145
201
292
302
B 0.44
0.66
0.66
1.32
C 76 108
127
203
D 51 76 102
127
E38
.150
.863
.576
.2
F 6 9 10 12
G 13 17 19 27
H 0 6 5 11
JA 19 29 29 48
KA 35 48 57 89
L 36 53 58 92
O 50.8
76.2
76.2
127.
0
PA 22 48 48 89
Q 50.8
76.2
88.9
127.
0
R 13 16 19 38
S 6 13 13 32
TA 38.1
50.8
50.8
63.5
U 8 14 10 19
XG1
/8G1
/4G1
/4G3
/8
Y 72 100
116
154
Z0.
220.
330.
330.
66
ZA 29 38 48 73
MM
6 x
1.0
x 8
M8
x 1.
0 x
13M
10 x
1.5
x 1
6M
20 x
2.5
x 3
2
4516
4.6
230.
526
1.5
368.
3
9018
4.5
260.
229
1.1
427.
7
180
224.
231
9.8
410.
853
9.6
270
264.
137
9.1
350.
754
6.6
360
303.
843
8.6
469.
578
4.4
450
343.
649
8.0
529.
090
3.2
NB28
.58
x1.
4 DP
50.8
0 x
1.0
DP55
.00
x 1.
3 DP
85.0
0 x
3.0
DP
V12
.69/
12.7
122
.22/
22.2
328
.55/
28.5
844
.42/
44.4
5
W3.
15 x
1.5
9 x
164.
75 x
2.3
6 x
386.
35 x
3.1
8 x
389.
53 x
2.3
6 x
78
V12
.00/
11.9
722
.00/
21.9
628
.00/
27.9
644
.00/
43.9
6
W4
x 2.
5 x
156
x 3.
5 x
328
x 5
x 40
12 x
5 x
56
C1 A
C 2 E
ACTU
ATOR
TYPE
3R1x
A &
3R2
xA3R
1xH
& 3
R2xH
III
I
POR
TS P
RES
SUR
IZED
C1 &
C2
II
LETT
ER O
PTIO
NRE
FERE
NCED
BY
TUBE
NUM
BER
PORT
& N
EEDL
E LO
CATI
ONS
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y CI
RCLE
D NU
MBE
RS
OPTI
ON L
OCAT
ION
REFE
RENC
E
PORT
PRE
SSUR
IZED
- E
FULL
CCW
POS
ITIO
NPO
RT P
RESS
URIZ
ED -
AFU
LL C
W P
OSIT
ION
-D I & II
I & II
DEGR
EE O
F RO
TATI
ON
SERI
ES20
0040
0060
0080
00
SERI
ES20
0040
0060
0080
001
2 2
3
44
T°
R°
I°
PORT 4 4
-P1
& 3
1 &
3
-D 1 1
-TPO
RT 2 2
-P1
& 3
1 &
3
-D 1 1
STAN
DARD
-M ALL
ALL
-P ALL
ALL
-AST
ANDA
RDST
ANDA
RD
-B I & II
N/A
-E ALL
ALL
IMPE
RIAL
SHA
FTS*
MET
RIC
SHAF
TS*
* B
OTH
IMPE
RIAL
AND
MET
RIC
SHAF
T OP
TION
S AV
AILA
BLE
ON M
ETRI
C BO
DY
(IM
PERI
AL S
HAFT
= D
ESIG
N 5,
AND
MET
RIC
SHAF
T =
DESI
GN 6
).
NUM
BERS
FOR
MET
RIC
UNIT
S AN
D AR
E IN
mm
.
METRIC
DIMENSIONS: 3 POSITION ROTARY ACTUATORS
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/multir
3C
3C-25SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03
DIMENSIONS: 4 POSITION ROTARY ACTUATORS
ZA M
AX
F
HNB
+.00
1-.0
00DI
AG
YB +
(T° x
Z)
Y +
(T° x
Z)
M T
HREA
D4X
EAC
H FR
ONT,
BACK
& B
OTTO
M
E D
6X X
NPT
C/2
C
L
JA
KA S
QSP
ECIF
IED
BY 4
R21x
WHE
N OR
DERI
NG
STA
Q
OU
PA
W K
EYW
AY
V DI
A
R
FA GA
YA +
Z (T
° + J
°)
F
HG
YA +
Z (T
° + K
°)
V VI
SHAF
T KE
YWAY
: SH
OWN
AT M
ID-R
OTAT
ION
PORT
POS
ITIO
NS: I
NDIC
ATED
BY
CIRC
LED
NUM
BERS
MTG
. HOL
ES: C
ENTE
RED
ON C
ENTE
RLIN
E OF
ACT
UATO
R BO
DYST
OP T
UBES
: LOC
ATED
IN T
UBES
I &
IIPL
UMBI
NG S
CHEM
ATIC
: L0C
ATED
IN E
NGIN
EERI
NG D
ATA
SECT
ION
III
III
IV
LETT
ER D
IMEN
SION
-D 1 &
31
& 3
ACTU
ATOR
TYPE
4R11
A &
4R2
1A4R
11H
& 4
R21H
LETT
ER O
PTIO
NRE
FERE
NCED
BY
TUBE
NUM
BER
PORT
& N
EEDL
E LO
CATI
ONS
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y CI
RCLE
D NU
MBE
RS
OPTI
ON L
OCAT
ION
REFE
RENC
E
-DII
& IV
II &
IV
C1 A
C2 E
D1
D2
SERI
ES40
0060
0080
00
C4.
250
5.00
08.
000
D3.
000
4.00
05.
000
E2.
000
2.50
03.
000
F.3
44.3
75.4
69
G .688
.750
1.06
2
GA .719
.719
1.06
2
H .250
.203
.437
JA1.
156
1.15
61.
875
KA 1.87
52.
250
3.50
0
L2.
094
2.28
13.
625
FA .375
.344
.469
M5/
16-1
8 x
.500
DP
3/8-
16 x
.625
DP
3/4-
10 x
1.2
50 D
P
PA 1.87
51.
875
3.50
0
Q3.
000
3.50
05.
000
R .625
.750
1.50
0
S .500
.500
1.25
0
TA2.
000
2.00
02.
500
U .562
.375
.750
V.8
748/
.875
31.
124/
1.12
51.
749/
1.75
0
W3/
16 x
3/3
2 x
1.50
01/
4 x
1/8
x 1.
500
3/8
x 3/
16 x
3.0
00
X 1/4
1/4
3/8
Y3.
953
4.56
36.
080
YA 6.72
17.
325
9.86
5
YB 3.36
03.
980
5.23
6
ZA 1.50
01.
875
2.87
5
Z.0
13.0
13.0
26
IV
III
II
I
PORT
S PR
ESSU
RIZE
DC 1
& C
2 PORT
S PR
ESSU
RIZE
D –
AFU
LL C
W P
OSIT
ION
PORT
S PR
ESSU
RIZE
DD1
& D
2
PORT
S PR
ESSU
RIZE
D –
EFU
LL C
CW P
OSIT
ION
PORT 4 4
-P1
& 3
1 &
3
-D 1 &
31
& 3
-TPO
RT 2 2
-P1
& 3
1 &
3
STAN
DARD
-M ALL
ALL
-P ALL
ALL
-AST
ANDA
RDST
ANDA
RD
-BII
& IV
N/A
-E ALL
ALL
1
2 2
3
44
NB2.
000
x .0
392.
1654
x .0
523.
3465
x .1
20
O3.
000
3.00
05.
000
T° K° I°R°
J°
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
IMPERIAL
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/multir
3C
3C-26SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATIONCAT-03
METRIC
DIMENSIONS: 4 POSITION ROTARY ACTUATORSZA
MAX
F
HNB
+.02
5-.0
00DI
AG
YB +
(T° x
Z)
Y +
(T° x
Z)
M T
HREA
D4X
EAC
H FR
ONT,
BACK
& B
OTTO
M
E D
6X X
BSP
C/2
C
L
JA
KA S
QSP
ECIF
IED
BY 4
R2xx
WHE
N OR
DERI
NG
STA
Q
OU
PA
W K
EYW
AY
V DI
A
R
FA GA
YA +
Z (T
° + J
°)
F
HG
YA +
Z (T
° + K
°)
V VI
SHAF
T KE
YWAY
: SH
OWN
AT M
ID-R
OTAT
ION
PORT
POS
ITIO
NS: I
NDIC
ATED
BY
CIRC
LED
NUM
BERS
MTG
. HOL
ES: C
ENTE
RED
ON C
ENTE
RLIN
E OF
ACT
UATO
R BO
DYST
OP T
UBES
: LOC
ATED
IN T
UBES
I &
IIPL
UMBI
NG S
CHEM
ATIC
: L0C
ATED
IN E
NGIN
EERI
NG D
ATA
SECT
ION
III
III
IV
LETT
ER D
IMEN
SION
C 108
127
203
D 76 102
127
E50
.863
.576
.2
F 9 10 12
G 17 19 27
H 6 5 11
JA 29 29 48
KA 48 57 89
L 53 58 92
O 76.2
76.2
127.
0
PA 48 48 89
Q 76.2
88.9
127.
0
R 16 19 38
S 13 13 32
TA 50.8
50.8
63.5
XG1
/4G1
/4G3
/8
Y 102
118
126
Z0.
330.
330.
66
ZA 38 48 73
MM
8 x
1.25
x 1
3M
10 x
1.5
x 1
6M
20 x
2.5
x 3
2
FA 10 9 12
GA 18 18 27
U 14 10 19
YA 171
186
251
YB 85 101
133
NB50
.80
x 1.
0 DP
55.0
0 x
1.3
DP85
.00
x 3.
0 DP
V22
.22/
22.2
328
.55/
28.5
844
.42/
44.4
5
W4.
75 x
2.3
6 x
386.
35 x
3.1
8 x
389.
53 x
2.3
6 x
78
V22
.00/
21.9
628
.00/
27.9
644
.00/
43.9
6
W6
x 3.
5 x
328
x 5
x 40
12 x
5 x
56
-D 1 &
31
& 3
ACTU
ATOR
TYPE
4R1x
A &
4R2
xA4R
15xH
& 4
R2xH
LETT
ER O
PTIO
NRE
FERE
NCED
BY
TUBE
NUM
BER
PORT
& N
EEDL
E LO
CATI
ONS
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y CI
RCLE
D NU
MBE
RS
OPTI
ON L
OCAT
ION
REFE
RENC
E
-DII
& IV
II &
IV
C1 A
C2 E
D1
D2
IV
III
II
I
PORT
S PR
ESSU
RIZE
DC1
& C
2 PORT
S PR
ESSU
RIZE
D –
AFU
LL C
W P
OSIT
ION
PORT
S PR
ESSU
RIZE
DD1
& D
2
PORT
S PR
ESSU
RIZE
D –
EFU
LL C
CW P
OSIT
ION
PORT 4 4
-P1
& 3
1 &
3
-D 1 &
31
& 3
-TPO
RT 2 2
-P1
& 3
1 &
3
STAN
DARD
SERI
ES40
0060
0080
00
-M ALL
ALL
-P ALL
ALL
-AST
ANDA
RDST
ANDA
RD
-BII
& IV
N/A
-E ALL
ALL
1
2 2
3
44
T° K° I°R°
J°
IMPE
RIAL
SHA
FTS*
MET
RIC
SHAF
TS*
* BO
TH IM
PERI
AL A
ND M
ETRI
C SH
AFT
OPTI
ONS
AVAI
LABL
E ON
MET
RIC
BODY
(IM
PERI
AL S
HAFT
= D
ESIG
N 5,
AND
MET
RIC
SHAF
T =
DESI
GN 6
).
NUM
BERS
FOR
MET
RIC
UNIT
S AN
D AR
E IN
mm
.
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/multir
3C
3C-27SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03
DIMENSIONS: 5 POSITION ROTARY ACTUATORS
SPEC
IFIE
D BY
5R21
x W
HEN
ORDE
RING
STA
Q
OU
PA
W K
EYW
AY
V DI
A
R
ZA M
AX
FH
NB+.
001
-.000
DIA
GYB
+ (T
° x Z
)
M T
HREA
D4X
EAC
H FR
ONT,
BACK
& B
OTTO
M
E D
8XX
NPT
C/2
C
L
JA
KA S
Q
FA GA
YA +
Z (T
° + J
°)
F
HG
YA +
Z (T
° + K
°)
V
VI
ZA M
AXYB
+ (T
° x Z
)YA
+ Z
(T° +
N°)
B2
B1
YA +
Z (T
° x P
°)
GA
FA
SHAF
T KE
YWAY
: SHO
WN
AT M
ID-R
OTAT
ION
PORT
POS
ITIO
NS: I
NDIC
ATED
BY
CIRC
LED
NUM
BERS
MTG
. HOL
ES: C
ENTE
RED
ON C
ENTE
RLIN
E OF
ACT
UATO
R BO
DYST
OP T
UBES
: LOC
ATED
IN T
UBES
I &
IIPL
UMBI
NG S
CHEM
ATIC
: L0C
ATED
IN E
NGIN
EERI
NG D
ATA
SECT
ION
NB2.
000
x .0
39 D
P2.
1654
x .0
52 D
P3.
3465
x .1
20 D
P
O3.
000
3.00
05.
000
III
III
IVV
III
VII
LETT
ER D
IMEN
SION
1
2 2
3
44
PORT 4 4
-P1
& 3
1 &
3
-D 1 1
-TPO
RT 2 2
-P1
& 3
1 &
3
-D 1 1
STAN
DARD
-M ALL
ALL
-P ALL
ALL
-AST
ANDA
RDST
ANDA
RD
-E ALL
ALL
C1 A
C 2 E
D1
D2
SERI
ES40
0060
0080
00
C4.
250
5.00
08.
000
D3.
000
4.00
05.
000
E2.
000
2.50
03.
000
F.3
44.3
75.4
69
G .688
.750
1.06
2
GA .719
.719
1.06
2
H .250
.203
.437
JA1.
156
1.15
61.
875
KA 1.87
52.
250
3.50
0
L2.
094
2.28
13.
625
M5/
16-1
8 x
.500
DP
3/8-
16 x
.625
DP
3/4-
10 x
1.2
50 D
P
PA 1.87
51.
875
3.50
0
Q3.
000
3.50
05.
000
R .625
.750
1.50
0
S .500
.500
1.25
0
TA 2.00
02.
000
2.50
0
U .562
.375
.750
V.8
748/
.875
31.
124/
1.12
51.
749/
1.75
0
W3/
16 x
3/3
2 x
1.50
01/
4 x
1/8
x 1.
500
3/8
x 3/
16 x
3.0
00
X 1/4
1/4
3/8
YA 6.72
17.
325
9.86
5
YB 3.36
03.
980
5.23
6
ZA 1.50
01.
875
2.87
5
Z.0
13.0
13.0
26
FA .375
.344
.469
ACTU
ATOR
TYPE
5R11
A &
5R2
1A5R
11H
& 5
R21H
LETT
ER O
PTIO
NRE
FERE
NCED
BY
TUBE
NUM
BER
PORT
& N
EEDL
E LO
CATI
ONS
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y CI
RCLE
D NU
MBE
RS
OPTI
ON L
OCAT
ION
REFE
RENC
E
-DVI
I & V
VII &
V
IV
III
II
IV
PORT
PRE
SSUR
IZED
- E
FULL
CCW
POS
ITIO
N
PORT
S PR
ESSU
RIZE
DD1
& D
2
PORT
PRE
SSUR
IZED
- A
FULL
CW
POS
ITIO
N
PORT
S PR
ESSU
RIZE
DB1
& B
2
PORT
S PR
ESSU
RIZE
DC 1
& C
2
T°
P°
I° J°K°
N°R°
-BVI
I & V
N/A
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
IMPERIAL
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/multir
3C
3C-28SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATIONCAT-03
METRIC
DIMENSIONS: 5 POSITION ROTARY ACTUATORS
SPEC
IFIE
D BY
5R2x
x W
HEN
ORDE
RING
STA
Q
OU
PA
W K
EYW
AY
V DI
A
R
ZA M
AX
FH
NB+.
025
-.000
DIA
GYB
+ (T
° x Z
)
M T
HREA
D4X
EAC
H FR
ONT,
BACK
& B
OTTO
M
E D
8XX
BSP
C/2
C
L
JA
KA S
Q
FA GA
YA +
Z (T
° + J
°)
F
HG
YA +
Z (T
° + K
°)
V
VI
ZA M
AXYB
+ (T
° x Z
)YA
+ Z
(T° +
N°)
B2
B1
YA +
Z (T
° x P
°)
GA
FA
SHAF
T KE
YWAY
: SHO
WN
AT M
ID-R
OTAT
ION
PORT
POS
ITIO
NS: I
NDIC
ATED
BY
CIRC
LED
NUM
BERS
MTG
. HOL
ES: C
ENTE
RED
ON C
ENTE
RLIN
E OF
ACT
UATO
R BO
DYST
OP T
UBES
: LOC
ATED
IN T
UBES
I &
IIPL
UMBI
NG S
CHEM
ATIC
: L0C
ATED
IN E
NGIN
EERI
NG D
ATA
SECT
ION
III
III
IVV
III
VII
LETT
ER D
IMEN
SION
C 108
127
203
D 76 102
127
E 50.8
63.5
76.2
F 9 10 12
G 17 19 27
H 6 5 11
JA 29 29 48
KA 48 57 89
L 53 58 92
O 76.2
76.2
127.
0
PA 48 48 89
Q 76.2
88.9
127.
0
R 16 19 38
S 13 13 32
TA 50.8
50.8
63.5
U 14 10 19
XG1
/4G1
/4G3
/8
Z 0.33
0.33
0.66
ZA 38 48 73
MM
8 x
1.25
x 1
3M
10 x
1.5
x 1
6M
20 x
2.5
x 3
2
FA 10 9 12
GA 18 18 27
YA 171
186
251
YB 85 101
133
V22
.22/
22.2
328
.55/
28.5
844
.42/
44.4
5
W4.
75 x
2.3
6 x
386.
35 x
3.1
8 x
389.
53 x
2.3
6 x
78
V22
.00/
21.9
628
.00/
27.9
644
.00/
43.9
6
W6
x 3.
5 x
328
x 5
x 40
12 x
5 x
56
1
2 2
3
44
PORT 4 4
-P1
& 3
1 &
3
-D 1 1
-TPO
RT 2 2
-P1
& 3
1 &
3
-D 1 1
STAN
DARD
-M ALL
ALL
-P ALL
ALL
-AST
ANDA
RDST
ANDA
RD
-E ALL
ALL
C1 A
C2 E
D 1
D2
ACTU
ATOR
TYPE
5R1x
A &
5R2
xA5R
1xH
& 5
R2xH
LETT
ER O
PTIO
NRE
FERE
NCED
BY
TUBE
NUM
BER
PORT
& N
EEDL
E LO
CATI
ONS
REFE
RENC
ED B
Y CI
RCLE
D NU
MBE
RS
OPTI
ON L
OCAT
ION
REFE
RENC
E
-DVI
I & V
VII &
VIV
III
II
IV
PORT
PRE
SSUR
IZED
- E
FULL
CCW
POS
ITIO
N
PORT
S PR
ESSU
RIZE
DD 1
& D
2
PORT
PRE
SSUR
IZED
- A
FULL
CW
POS
ITIO
N
PORT
S PR
ESSU
RIZE
DB 1
& B
2
PORT
S PR
ESSU
RIZE
DC 1
& C
2
T°
P°
I° J°K°
N°R°
-BVI
I & V
N/A
SERI
ES40
0060
0080
00
NB50
.80
x 1.
0 DP
55.0
0 x
1.3
DP85
.00
x 3.
0 DP
IMPE
RIAL
SHA
FTS*
MET
RIC
SHAF
TS*
* BO
TH IM
PERI
AL A
ND M
ETRI
C SH
AFT
OPTI
ONS
AVAI
LABL
E ON
MET
RIC
BODY
(IM
PERI
AL S
HAFT
= D
ESIG
N 5,
AND
MET
RIC
SHAF
T =
DESI
GN 6
).
NUM
BERS
FOR
MET
RIC
UNIT
S AN
D AR
E IN
mm
.
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/multir
3C
3C-29SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03
RATINGSAll pneumatic rotary actuators have a maximum pressure rating of
150 psi [10 bar] air. Most hydraulic rotary actuators have a maximumpressure rating of 1500 psi [100 bar]. Except as noted in chart below.*
Minimum factor of safety at maximum rated hydraulic pressure foroutput shaft is 2:1, and for hydraulic chambers is 3:1. Consult PHD forproof pressure data.
BREAKAWAYAll RxxA units will breakway at 20 psi [1.4 bar]. RxxH units will
breakway at 40 psi [2.8 bar]. All tandem RxxR units will breakaway at 40psi [2.8 bar]. 018x air units will breakaway at 20 psi [1.4 bar], 018xtandem units will breakaway at 30 psi [2.1 bar].
TEMPERATURE LIMITS AND FLUIDSRotary Actuator units are equipped with Buna-N piston seals
suitable for use in temperatures ranging from -20° to +180°F[-28° to 82°C] and may be used with air, water, petroleum-basedhydraulic fluid, or fuel oil.
Seals for other fluids or temperature requirements are available, butmust be specified. All Rotary Actuators have teflon back-up rings foruniversal use (except Miniature Rotary Actuators Series 018x).
NOTE: For applications where water-based fluids are used, the unitsmust be modified. Consult PHD for specifications.
LUBRICATIONGear racks and pinion are lubricated at the factory and may never
need lubrication. However, if lubrication should be needed due to adverseconditions, use high grade bearing grease.
NOTE: Port for grease nipple provided in top of actuator body.Lubricate only while ports are pressurized except on 018x75 and 018x50,which have no lube ports.
Approximately 1/2 in3 [8 cm3] of grease is sufficient for any seriesactuator, each 250,000 cycles of 360° duration.
HYD OPTION psi [bar]SERIES *PLAIN -P -D -E OR -M
1000 — — — — — — — —2000 1000 [69] 750 [52] 750 [52] — —3000 — — — — — — — —4000 — — 750 [52] 750 [52] — —5000 — — — — — — 1100 [76]6000 — — 750 [52] 750 [52] 1100 [76]7000 — — — — — — 500 [35]8000 — — 750 [52] 750 [52] 500 [35]
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES 1000-8000 ROTARY ACTUATORSCONTROLS
Rotary Actuator units are operated by directional valves in the samemanner as air and hydraulic cylinders.
Control of piston speeds is extremely important as inertia force is afunction of rotational speed and distance from load to output shaft center.
ANGLE OF ROTATIONSeries 1000-8000 Rotary Actuators are furnished in 6 stock angles:
45°, 90°, 180°, 270°, 360°, and 450°. Other angles are available asspecified.
Series 018x Miniature Rotary Actuators are all furnished with 180°rotation, but can be adjusted anywhere from 180° to 0°.
TOTAL ROTATIONALTOLERANCES & BACKLASH
**Rotational position from one intermediate position to another(measured at centers of backlash).
NOTE: 3 position and 5 position have 0° backlash at ends of rotation.4 position will have up to stated figure at ends of rotation.
MULTI-POSITION MID-POSITIONTOLERANCES & BACKLASH
*Double rack actuators are available with 0° backlash at ends ofrotation, if -A option is used.
Total rotational tolerance may be on both or either sides of mid-rotation minimum.
SERIES ROTATIONAL TOLERANCE BACKLASH1000 & 2000 -0°, +10° *±30 minutes3000 & 4000 -0°, +10° *±15 minutes5000 & 6000 -0°, +10° *±15 minutes7000 & 8000 -0°, +10° *±7.5 minutes
018x75x -0°, +10° ±1.25 degrees duringrotation, ±0° at end
018x50x -0°, +10° ±2 degrees duringrotation, ±0° at end
SERIES TOLERANCE** BACKLASH2000 ±1° ± 1-1/2°
4000 & 6000 ±1/2° ± 1-1/4°8000 ±1/4° ± 1°
018x752 (3 pos.) Adjustable Adjustable to 0°
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuators
3C-30
3C
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuators
CAT-03
INPUT PRESSURE psi [bar]40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 150 250 500 1000 1500
MODEL [2.7] [3.4] [4.1] [4.8] [5.5] [6.2] [6.9] [8.3] [10.3] [17.2] [34.4] [68.9] [103.4]15 19 23 27 31 35 39 47 58 98 196 392 588
[1.7] [2.1] [2.6] [3.0] [3.5] [4.0] [4.4] [5.3] [6.6] [11.1] [22.2] [44.3] [66.5]31 39 47 54 62 70 78 94 117 196 392 784 —
[3.5] [4.4] [5.3] [6.1] [7.1] [8.0] [8.8] [16.6] [13.2] [22.2] [44.3] [88.6] [—]44 55 66 77 88 100 111 133 166 277 555 1110 1665
[4.9] [6.2] [7.4] [8.7] [10.0] [11.3] [12.6] [15.0] [18.8] [31.3] [62.7] [125.5] [188.2]88 111 133 155 177 200 222 266 333 555 1110 2200 3330
[10.0] [12.6] [15.0] [17.5] [20.0] [22.6] [25.1] [30.1] [37.7] [62.7] [125.5] [248.8] [376.5]94 118 141 165 189 212 236 283 354 590 1180 2360 3540
[10.6] [13.3] [15.9] [18.7] [21.4] [23.9] [26.7] [32.0] [4.0] [66.7] [133.4] [266.9] [400.3]189 236 282 330 378 424 472 564 708 1180 2360 4720 7080
[21.4] [26.7] [31.9] [37.3] [42.7] [47.9] [53.4] [63.8] [80.1] [133.4] [266.9] [533.7] [800.6]424 530 635 740 848 950 1060 1270 1590 2650 5300 10600 15900
[47.9] [59.9] [71.8] [83.7] [95.9] [107.4] [179.9] [143.4] [179.8] [299.7] [599.5] [1198.6][1297.4]848 1060 1270 1480 1696 1900 2120 2540 3180 5300 10600 21200 31800
[95.5] [119.9] [143.6] [167.4] [191.8] [214.8] [239.7] [287.2] [359.6] [599.3] [1198.6][2397.3][3595.9]4.4 5.5 6.6 7.7 8.8 9.9 11.0 13.2 16.5 — — — —
[.49] [.62] [.74] [.87] [.99] [1.12] [1.24] [1.49] [1.87] — — — —
8.8 11.0 13.2 15.4 17.6 19.8 22.0 26.4 33.0 — — — —[.99] [1.24] [1.49] [1.74] [1.99] [2.24] [2.48] [2.98] [3.73] — — — —
4.4 5.5 6.6 7.7 8.8 9.9 11.0 13.2 16.5 — — — —[.49] [.62] [.74] [.87] [.99] [1.12] [1.24] [1.49] [1.87] — — — —
4.4 5.5 6.6 7.7 8.8 9.9 11.0 13.2 16.5 — — — —[.49] [.62] [.74] [.87] [.99] [1.12] [1.24] [1.49] [1.87] — — — —
2.6 3.3 3.9 4.6 5.2 5.9 6.5 7.8 9.8 — — — —[.29] [.37] [.44] [.52] [.59] [.66] [.74] [.88] [1.11] — — — —
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
018x751
018075201857520186752
018x75T
018375201887520189752
018x502
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES 1000-8000 ROTARY ACTUATORS
Use the single rack torques for all Air/Oil Tandem and Multi-Position Rotary Actuators.Torques shown are theoretical. Allow 10% for friction loss. Allow 20% for friction losson all Air/Oil Tandem Rotary Actuators.
THEORETICAL TORQUE OUTPUT in-lb [Nm]
3C-31
3C
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuators
CAT-03
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES 1000-8000 ROTARY ACTUATORS
SERIES 45° 90° 180° 270° 360° 450° PER 90° ADD FOR SHAFT EXT.1000 2.1 [.95] 2.3 [1.04] 2.6 [1.18] 2.9 [1.31] 3.3 [1.49] 3.6 [1.64] .3 [.14] .1 [.04]2000 3.1 [1.40] 3.3 [1.50] 3.9 [1.78] 4.5 [2.09] 5.1 [2.32] 5.7 [2.58] .6 [.28] .1 [.04]3000 7.2 [3.26] 7.5 [3.40] 8.3 [3.76] 9.0 [4.08] 9.8 [4.45] 10.5 [4.76] .8 [.36] .4 [.18]4000 9.6 [4.35] 10.2 [4.62] 11.4 [5.17] 12.6 [5.71] 13.8 [6.26] 15.0 [6.80] 1.2 [.54] .4 [.18]5000 11.5 [5.22] 11.9 [5.42] 12.8 [5.80] 13.5 [6.13] 14.3 [6.49] 15.1 [6.86] .8 [.37] .5 [.27]6000 15.8 [7.7] 16.8 [7.63] 18.3 [8.3] 19.8 [8.99] 21.3 [9.67] 22.8 [10.35] 1.5 [.68] .5 [.27]
7000 Air 37.9 [17.19] 39.1 [12.25] 41.7 [18.91] 44.2 [20.05] 46.8 [21.20] 49.4 [22.43] 2.6 [1.19] 2.4 [1.08]7000 Hyd. 39.1 [17.75] 41.0 [18.60] 44.8 [20.32] 48.5 [22.00] 52.3 [23.71] 56.0 [25.41] 3.8 [1.72] 2.4 [1.08]8000 Air 49.6 [22.52] 52.1 [23.65] 57.4 [26.03] 62.6 [28.41] 67.9 [30.80] 73.1 [33.18] 5.3 [2.40] 2.4 [1.08]
8000 Hyd. 52.1 [23.65] 55.9 [25.35] 63.4 [28.75] 70.9 [32.16] 78.4 [35.56] 85.9 [38.96] 7.5 [3.40] 2.4 [1.08]
*Ambient Temperature 87°F [30°C] Standard Oil No. 15Reservoir Pressure = 20 psi [1.3 bar]Speed decreases with increase in reservoir pressure.
AIR/OIL TANDEM MAXIMUM SPEEDS (NO LOAD CONDITION)
MINIATURE ROTARY ACTUATORS WEIGHTS lb [kg]
WEIGHT TABLES lb [kg] SINGLE SHAFT EXTENSION ACTUATORS
PHYSICAL DATA
SERIES018x751 018x752 018x75T 0183752, 0188752, & 0189752 018x502
2.1 [.95] 2.6 [1.18] 2.6 [1.18] 3.1 [1.41] .8 [.36]
OPERATING OIL MAX. SPEED OPERATING OIL MAX. SPEEDSERIES PRESSURE psi [bar] TEMPERATURE* (DEGREES/SEC) SERIES PRESSURE psi [bar] TEMPERATURE* (DEGREES/SEC)
50 [3.4] 270 50 [3.4] 156
200060 [4.1] 95°F 294
600060 [4.1] 105°F 180
70 [4.8] [35°C] 336 70 [4.8] [40.5°C] 21080 [5.5] 366 80 [5.5] 21650 [3.4] 258 50 [3.4] 132
400060 [4.1] 95°F 288
800060 [4.1] 135°F 144
70 [4.8] [35°C] 324 70 [4.8] [57.2°C] 15080 [5.5] 348 80 [5.5] 156
OPERATING OIL SECONDS/MODEL PRESSURE psi [bar] TEMPERATURE* 180° ROTATION
50 [3.4] .31
018x75T60 [4.1] 95°F .2770 [4.8] [35°C] .2580 [5.5] .22
GEAR DISPLACEMENT AXIAL BEARING RADIAL BEARING DISTANCE BETWEEN PISTONSERIES RACKS in3 [cm3]/DEG. ROT. LOAD CAPACITY lb [N]* LOAD CAPACITY lb [N]* SHAFT BEARINGS in [mm] DIAMETER in [mm]1000 1 .007 [.115] 50 [222] 100 [444] 1.375 [34.9] 1 [25.4]2000 2 .014 [.229]3000 1 .019 [.312] 125 [556] 250 [1112] 2.188 [55.6] 1-3/8 [35]4000 2 .038 [.623]5000 1 .041 [.672] 200 [890] 400 [1779] 2.235 [56.8] 2 [50]6000 2 .082 [13.44]7000 1 .185 [3.032] 500 [2224] 1000 [4448] 3.750 [95.3] 3 [76]8000 2 .370 [6.064]
018x751 1 .002 [0.032] 15 [67] 25 [111] 1.060 [26.9] 3/4 [19]018x752 2 .004 [0.064]018x75T 2 .002 [0.032] 15 [67] 25 [111] 1.060 [26.9] 3/4 [19]018x502 2 .0012 [0.020] 5 [22] 15 [22] .916 [23.3] 1/2 [13]
* Always support rotating member on external bearings whenever possible.
3C-32
3C
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuators
CAT-03
PLUMBING SCHEMATICS: ROTARY ACTUATORS
C2
E
C1
A
S2 S1 S3
I
T°
I° R°
II
III
PORTS PRESSURIZEDC1 & C2
PORT PRESSURIZED - EFULL CCW POSITION
PORT PRESSURIZED - AFULL CW POSITION
I
T°
J° K°
II
III
PORTS PRESSURIZEDD1 & D2
PORT PRESSURIZED - EFULL CCW POSITION
PORT PRESSURIZED - C2FULL CW POSITION
D1
D2
S2 S1 S3
E
C2
3 POSITION UNITSSERIES 2000-8000
3 POSITION TANDEM UNITSSERIES 2000-8000
3C-33
3C
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuators
CAT-03
PLUMBING SCHEMATICS: ROTARY ACTUATORS
I
II III
PORT PRESSURIZED - EFULL CCW POSITION
PORT PRESSURIZED - AFULL CW POSITION
J° I°R°
K°
IV
T°PORTS PRESSURIZED
D1 & D2PORTS PRESSURIZEDC1 & C2
A
S3 S2 S1
E
C2
S4
C1D1
D2
T°III
PORTS PRESSURIZEDC1 & C2
A
S3
S2 S1
E
C2
S5
B1D1
D2
S4
C1
B2
I
II IV
PORT PRESSURIZED - EFULL CCW POSITION
PORT PRESSURIZED - AFULL CW POSITIONV
PORTS PRESSURIZEDD1 & D2
PORTS PRESSURIZEDB1 & B2
I°
J°
R°
K°
P°
N°
4 POSITION UNITSSERIES 2000-8000
5 POSITION UNITSSERIES 2000-8000
3C-34
3C
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuators
CAT-03
START-UP PROCEDURE: SERIES 1000-8000 ACTUATORSROTARY ACTUATORS
CAUTION: Angular velocity and deceleration of actuators arenormally controlled with Port Control® valves and cushions.
At start-up, the actuator cylinders are often empty or notpressurized. To prevent damage due to lack of governing mediaand to assure a controlled start-up, the following procedure shouldbe used.
1. After installation of actuator and auxiliary tooling (arms, jaws,fixtures, etc.), manually turn output shaft fully clockwise priorto start up. Actuator should be started-up with typical workpiece or load.
2. Apply pressure to rotary chamber in same direction as shaft isturned (clockwise port).
3. Apply pressure to opposite port and slowly open speed controlvalve governing counterclockwise direction. This will allow theactuator to rotate under control. Follow the same procedure inopposite direction. Several cycles may be needed to obtainproper speed adjustment.
4. On units with adjustable cushions, set needle adjustment foroptimum effectiveness to minimize shock at end of rotation.
AIR/OIL TANDEM ROTARY ACTUATORS1. Mount Reservoir “A” vertically above actuator hydraulic
section. (Approximately 12 feet [3.6 m] of flexible tubing hasbeen provided to allow reservoir to be mounted in convenientlocation.) Excess may be coiled up or cut off. Shortening oftube should take place by disconnecting tube from tank takingcare that minimum amount is allowed to drain from reservoirand that tube is kept full of oil at all times. A small air bubblemay form at end of tube when reassembled. This is notdetrimental and will disappear during operation of actuator.
2. Provide constant air supply regulated to 20 psi [1.3 bar] toport B on reservoir.
3. Apply air pressure to reservoir. Next, LOOSEN (do not remove)drain plug C. Allow oil to drain until level reaches line E.Retighten plug securely.
4. If actuator is equipped with cushions, open needle valvesmarked D approximately 1/8 turn.
5. Follow same procedure with port control needles marked P.
6. Air pressure may now be applied to actuator. Take care to keepclear from any tooling attached to the actuator shaft as it maystart rotating.
7. Adjust control needles to achieve proper velocities (anddecelerations).
8. Bleed plug G must not be loosened or removed as actuator willlose oil charge.
REGULATOR 20 psi [1.3 bar]
B
E
A
F
C
G
CAUTION:PLEASE DO NOT TAMPER WITH FITTING ASSEMBLY.CONTAINS CHECK VALVE WITH LOOSE COMPONENTS.
D
D
P
MAINTENANCE VIDEOSField Maintenance Videos on filling and bleeding Air/Oil
Tandem Actuators are now available. Contact your local PHDdistributor or call our toll free number: 1-800-624-8511.
3C-35
3C
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuators
CAT-03
OPTIONS: SERIES 1000-8000 ROTARY ACTUATORS
P PORT CONTROL®
The “built-in” speed control valve.The exclusive PHD Port Control®, based on the “meter-out”
principle, features an adjustable needle and a separate ball check.Both are built into the rotary actuator end cap and are used tocontrol the speed of the actuator over its entire rotation.
D ADJUSTABLE CUSHIONS
PHD Cushions are designed for smooth deceleration at the endof rotation. When the cushion is activated, the remaining volume inthe cylinder must exhaust past an adjustable needle which controlsthe amount of deceleration. Effective cushion length isapproximately 30° of rotation, except on the 8000 Tandem whichhas 20° of cushion length.
Cushions on Series 2000, 4000, 6000 and 8000 are furnishedon one of two racks only.
Fits all PHD Series 1000-8000, except when ordering hollowshafts. Isolates internal or external pressures. Maximum pressuredifferential is 500 psi [34.4 bar]. Furnished installed on actuator only(both sides). Covers are made of hard anodized aluminum. Not to beused as a pilot.
G SHAFT SEAL COVERSNot available on Rx6x and Rx9x models
SHOCK PADS
Polyurethane pads for absorption of shock and noise areavailable on each end of Series 1000-8000 Rotary Actuators.Reducing shock permits higher piston velocities for shorter cycletimes. Reducing noise levels provides improved environment forincreased productivity. Pads eliminate metal-to-metal contactbetween piston and end caps. NOTE: Air application only.
B
Adjusting screw(s) for reducing angle of rotation in either orboth directions for use where exact degree of desired rotationcannot be predetermined or where requirements may vary duringoperation. Standard adjusting screw will reduce angle of rotation upto 30°. Available in conjunction with all other optional features.
Cushions are normally engaged over the last 30° of angle. Theuse of angle adjusting screws to reduce angle of rotation has adirect effect on the length of cushion engagement. Example: 10°angle reduction will reduce cushion engagement by 10°. Angleadjustments are standard on all Multi-Position Rotary Actuators.
A ANGLE ADJUSTMENTZA MAX
ZD DIA
HZB ZC
H0.00[0]
.250[6]
.203[5]
.437[11]
ZA1.125[29]
1.500[38]
1.875[48]
2.875[73]
ZB.312[8]
.375[10].750[19].937[24]
ZC3/16 HEX
—1/4 HEX
— 1/4 HEX
—3/4 FLAT[19 mm]
ZD.875[22]
1.250[32]
1.250[32]
1.750[45]
SERIESLETTER DIMENSION
1000 & 2000
3000 & 4000
5000 & 6000
7000 & 8000
A DIA
.187+.000-.010
B REF
+.000-.254 A
1.875[47.63]3.000
[76.20]3.250
[82.55]4.480
[113.79]
B.688
[17.5]1.688[42.9]1.688[42.9]3.312[84.1]
SERIESLETTER
1000 & 2000
3000 & 4000
5000 & 6000
7000 & 8000
The self-locking needle has micrometer threads and isadjustable under pressure. It determines the orifice size whichcontrols the exhaust volume only of the actuator proper. Theseparate ball check is closed while fluid is exhausting from theactuator, but opens to permit full flow of incoming fluids. The PHDPort Control® provides the optimum in speed control for rotaryactuators. It saves space and eliminates the cost of fittings andinstallation for external flow control valves.
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE FOR METRIC UNITS AND ARE IN mm.
NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE FOR METRICUNITS AND ARE IN mm.
3C-36
3C
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuators
CAT-03
OPTIONS: SERIES 1000-8000 ROTARY ACTUATORSBASIC SHAFT DIMENSIONS: R1xx and R2xx
H HOLLOW SHAFTNot available on Rx6x and Rx9x models
C CROSS KEY SHAFTNot available on Rx6x and Rx9x models
K PRELOADED KEYWAY SHAFTNot available on Rx6x and Rx9x models
V WIMPERIAL* METRIC**
V WSERIES
1000 & 2000
3000 & 4000
5000 & 6000
7000 & 8000
LETTER DIMENSION
NOTES:
V DIA
W KEYWAY
PAPA
V DIA
W KEYWAY
DOUBLE SHAFT EXTENSION(FRONT & BACK OF UNIT)
R2xx: R1xx:SINGLE SHAFT EXTENSION
(FRONT OF UNIT)
PA.875[22]
1.875[48]
1.875[48]
3.500[89]
.4998/.5003[12.69/12.71].8748/.8753
[22.22/22.23]1.124/1.125
[28.55/28.58]1.749/1.750
[44.42/44.45]
1/8 x 1/16 x .625[3.18 x 1.56 x 16]
3/16 x 3/32 x 1.500[4.75 x 2.36 x 38]1/4 x 1/8 x 1.500[6.35 x 3.18 x 38]3/8 x 3/16 x 3.000[9.53 x 2.36 x 76]
—[12.00/11.97]
—[22.00/21.96]
—[28.00/27.96]
—[44.00/43.96]
—[4 x 2.5 x 15]
—[6 x 3.5 x 32]
—[8 x 5 x 40]
—[12 x 5 x 56]
1) SHAFT KEYWAY: SHOWN AT MID-ROTATION2) *IMPERIAL SHAFT UNITS (Rx1x, Rx3x, Rx5x. Rx8x)3) **METRIC SHAFT UNITS (Rx6x, Rx9R)
4 2
1
3
A.125[3.2]
F RAD
B MIN DIAALLOWABLE
D THREAD
E THREAD
F
+.010-.000C +.254
-.000
A .375[9.5] .812[20.6] .812[20.6]1.500[38.1]
B1.500[38.1]2.000[50.8]3.000[76.2]4.000
[101.6]
C.250
[6.35].437
[11.11].563
[14.28].875
[22.22]
D3/8-24[M10]1/2-20[M12]5/8-11[M16]
1-8[M24]
E10-32 x .312 DP
[M5 x 8]5/16-24 x .440 DP
[M8 x 11]3/8-24 x .560 DP
[M10 x 14]1/2-20 x .687 DP
[M12 x 17.5]
F.156[4]
.220[6]
.251[6]
.438[11]
SERIES
1000 & 2000
3000 & 4000
5000 & 6000
7000 & 8000
LETTER DIMENSION
SHAFT KEYWAY: SHOWN AT MID-ROTATIONR2xx UNITS: WHEN ORDERING SPECIFY -K-K FOR PRELOAD ON BOTH SHAFT EXTENSIONS. PRELOAD
WILL BE ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF SHAFT.SET SCREW: INCLUDED WITH UNIT
A .250[6.4].250[6.4].437[11].437[11]
B.215[5.5].265[6.7].485
[12.3].805
[20.4]
C.230[5.8].248[6.3].500
[12.7].875
[22.2]
D .500[12.7].875
[22.2]1.125[28.6]1.750[44.5]
E.118[3]
.120[3]
.150[3.8].245[6.2]
F .250[6.3].248[6.3].5002[12.7].8752[22.2]
SERIES
1000 & 2000
3000 & 4000
5000 & 6000
7000 & 8000
LETTER DIMENSION
+.001-.000C
BOTH ENDSD DIA
ABOTH ENDS
B
F SLOT WIDTHA SLOT DEPTHE
SHAFT KEYWAY: SHOWN AT MID-ROTATIONR2xx UNITS: WHEN ORDERING SPECIFY -C-C FOR
CROSSKEY ON BOTH SHAFT EXTENSIONSCROSSKEY: INCLUDED WITH UNIT
+.025-.000
WA KEYWAYTHRU
PB AA
VA DIA THRU+.050-.000
+.002-.000
A .042[1.1].042[1.1].135[3.4].240[6.1]
PB1.920
[48.76]2.917
[74.09]2.730
[69.34]4.520
[114.80]
VA.250
[6.35] .500[12.7].687
[17.46]1.125
[28.57]
WA——
1/8 x 1/16[3.18 x 1.58] 3/16 x 3/32[4.76 x 2.38]
1/4 x 1/8[6.35 x 2.38]
SERIES
1000 & 2000
3000 & 4000
5000 & 6000
7000 & 8000
LETTER DIMENSION
SHAFT KEYWAY: SHOWN AT MID-ROTATION
For use with Hub Adaptors. See Transition Plates & Stanchionssection.
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
3C-37
3C
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuators
CAT-03
MAGNETIC PISTON FOR USE WITHPHD PROXIMITY SWITCHES
OPTIONS: SERIES 1000-8000 ROTARY ACTUATORS
The PHD Magnetic Reed Switches may be used in situationswhere the Hall Effect Switches are not applicable. As with the HallEffect Switches, a magnetic band (specify -M) on the pistonsactivates the externally mounted PHD Reed Switches. The ReedSwitches may be used to signal a programmable controller,sequencer, relay, or in some cases, a valve solenoid. This option isfor use with the following switches.
Series 1000-8000 Rotary Actuators may be equipped with amagnetic band (specify -E) on the pistons which activates externallymounted PHD Hall Effect Switches. These switches allow theinterfacing of the PHD Actuators to various logic systems. Thisoption is for use with the following switches.
E HALL EFFECT SWITCHES M REED SWITCHES
SET POINT MODULEPART NO. DESCRIPTION
9800-01-0300 NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC9800-01-0400 PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC
See Switches and Sensors section for information.
See page 3C-29 for Hydraulic Pressure Ratings with these options.See each ordering data for magnetic piston ordering information.Switches and brackets must be ordered separately.See Switches and Sensors section for complete switch information.
PHD offers a solid state sensor transducer along with aSet Point Module which provides up to four adjustable sensingpositions throughout the 180° maximum sensing range. Thesesignals can be used as inputs to a programmable controller to signalends of rotation in addition to multiple signals during rotation forindication of arc travelled.
The Set Point Module allows independent adjustment of eachsensing position and is available for 4.5 to 24 VDC current sinkingor current sourcing.
To order, specify -J option on Series 1000-8000 and -3 in theappropriate option space for 018x50x and 018x75x.
J SENSOR/SET POINT MODULENot available on Rx6x and Rx9x models
SWITCH BRACKETS
COMPACT HALL EFFECT SWITCHESPART NO. COLOR DESCRIPTION
17503-2-06 Yellow NPN (Sink) Type 4.5-24 VDC, 6 foot cable17504-2-06 Red PNP (Source) Type 4.5-24 VDC, 6 foot cable17523-2 Yellow NPN (Sink) Type 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect17524-2 Red PNP (Source) Type 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect
LIQUID RESISTANT HALL EFFECT SWITCH PART NO. DESCRIPTION 15902-1 NPN (Sink) or PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC
PART NO.SERIES COMPACT SWITCH LIQUID RESISTANT
1000 & 2000 17000-32-5 5142-32-33000 & 4000 17000-34-5 5142-34-35000 & 6000 17000-38-0 5142-38-37000 & 8000 17000-39-0 5142-39-3
COMPACT REED SWITCHESPART NO. DESCRIPTION17502-2-06 White NPN (Sink) or PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC,
6 foot cable17509-3-06 Green AC Type 110-120 VAC with Current Limit,
6 foot cable17522-2 White NPN (Sink) or PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC,
Quick Connect17529-3 Green AC Type 110-120 VAC, Quick Connect
with Current Limit
LIQUID RESISTANT REED SWITCHESPART NO. DESCRIPTION15900-1 10 Watt 4.5-24 VDC or 110-120 VAC15901-1 3 Amp 65-120 VAC
3C-38
3C
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuators
CAT-03
OPTIONS: SERIES 1000-8000 ROTARY ACTUATORS
LCOUNTERCLOCKWISEUNIDIRECTIONAL CLUTCHNot available on Rx6x and Rx9x modelsOutput hub will only rotate in counterclockwisedirection at specific rotation ordered.
RCLOCKWISE UNIDIRECTIONALCLUTCHNot available on Rx6x and Rx9x modelsOutput hub will only rotate in clockwisedirection at specific rotation ordered.
Overrun clutch for intermittent unidirectional shaft output,available for Series 1000 through 6000.
Output hub rotates in one direction only. It remains motionlesswhile rack and pinion reverse. Clutch repeats within ±1/2°.
Assembly features a Torrington roller clutch. Spring loadedbrake shoes limit output shaft free wheeling, but are not intended forstopping external loads.
CAUTION: Any angular error will accumulate; therefore, shotpins or similar locators are necessary on index applications.Maintain shot pin location during reversal of Rotary Actuator toguarantee that clutch shaft does not move due to external forces orslight internal friction in clutch.
1.656[42]
ABOVE INLET PRESSURES PROVIDE A MAXIMUM TORQUEOF 414 in-lb [46.8 Nm] ALLOWED BY THE CLUTCH
A .281[7.2].344[8.7].406
[10.3]
C2.938[74.6]4.188
[106.3]4.938
[125.4]
D2.000[51]
3.000[76]
4.000[102]
E1.500[38]
2.000[50.8]2.500[63.5]
Q2.000[50.8]3.000[76.2]3.500[88.9]
MAX. INLETPRESSURE(psi)[bar]
MAX. RADIAL ORAXIAL LOAD (lb) [N]
SERIESLETTER DIMENSION
SERIES100020003000400050006000
LIMITING FACTORS
1000 & 2000
3000 & 4000
5000 & 6000
105252637218617487
5510101515
[72][36][25][13][12][6]
[22][22][44][44][66][66]
Q
ED
C
2X A DIA THRU TOACTUATOR BODY
.500/.502 [12.70/12.75]DIA x .437 [11.1] DP
.873/.875[22.17/22.22] DIA
1.625 [41] DIA
.125/.126[3.17/3.20]THRU DIA
1.250[31.75]
.187 [4.7]
.375 [9.5]
R2xxAUXILLARYEXTENSION
OUTPUT HUB
RROTATION
LROTATION
4 2
1
3
The PVA functions as a built-in pneumatic limit switch. An airpressure signal is provided at the end-of-piston travel as the pistonseal uncovers an orifice in the block. Upon reversal of piston travel,the pilot pressure is shut off and the pilot line is vented through therotary actuator housing.
Air pilot signal is provided approximately .03 inch [1 mm] priorto end of piston travel (or 10 to 15 degrees prior to end of rotation).For pneumatic use only.
PVA ports are located in position 1 unless otherwise specified.Not available in conjunction with angle adjustment -A option.
N PILOT VALVE ACTUATORNot available on Rx6x and Rx9x models
PVA UNITS WILL REQUIRE A MINIMUMROTATION OF 45°
1000 & 2000
3000 & 4000
5000 & 6000
7000 & 8000
PD
.625 [16] SQ.500 [12.7]MAX
PV TYP
2X 1/8 NPT [BSP]
CCW SIGNAL PORTCW SIGNAL PORT
SERIES PD1.000[25.4]1.500[38.1]1.500[38.1]2.500[63.5]
LETTER DIMENSION
W/-B1.848[46.9]2.410[61.2]2.978[75.6]3.770[95.8]
STANDARD2.191[55.7]2.847[72.3]3.436[87.3]4.409[112]
PV
4 2
1
3
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
3C-39
3C
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuators
CAT-03
KIT NO.IMPERIAL METRIC
13756 1432013757 1432113758 14322
B2.000 [51]3.000 [76]4.000 [102]
C1.625 [41.3]2.375 [60.3]3.375 [85.7]
D 2.625 [66.7]3.875 [98.4]3.875 [98.4]
E.281 [7.1].406 [10.3].406 [10.3]
F .250 [6.3].437 [11.1].437 [11.1]
A4.250 [108]4.500 [114]4.500 [114]
B2.000 [51]3.000 [76]4.000 [102]5.000 [127]
C1.375 [34.9]2.125 [54.0]3.375 [85.7]3.000 [76.2]
D3.625 [92.1]5.125 [130.2]5.875 [149.2]10.000 [254.0]
E.281 [7.1].406 [10.3].406 [10.3].781 [19.8]
F.250 [6.3].437 [11.1].437 [11.1].750 [19.1]
A4.250 [108]5.750 [146]6.500 [165]12.000 [305]
G .625 [15.9]1.000 [25.4]1.250 [31.8]1.875 [47.6]
KIT NO.IMPERIAL METRIC
13759 1431613760 1431713761 1431813762 14319
LETTER DIMENSION
SERIES1000 & 20003000 & 40005000 & 6000
LETTER DIMENSION
SERIES1000 & 20003000 & 40005000 & 60007000 & 8000
F
AD
4X E DIATHRU
CB
F
AD
4X E DIATHRU
CB
G DIA THRU
OPTIONS: SERIES 1000-8000 ROTARY ACTUATORS
Needles may not be located in same position as ports. Seepage 3C-16 for needle positions Air/Oil Tandem Actuators. See 3C-4for port and Port Control® positions on Miniature Rotary Actuators.
I II
III IV
12
3
4
12
3
4
1
2
3
4
12
3
4
5
I YThis option positions the ports in position 1 on racks I & II and
in position 3 on racks III and IV. This allows access to the ports onthe “Top” and “Bottom” sides of the actuator.
This option rotates the cap of an Air/Oil Tandem RotaryActuator 180°. This places the Port Control (and Cushion) needlesand the Tandem fitting in position 2. Standard position for these isposition 4.
PORT POSITION 1 TOP RACKPORT POSITION 3 BOTTOM RACK TANDEM CAP ROTATED 180°
V FLUORO-ELASTOMER SEALSFluoro-Elastomer seals are available for service up to 400°F
[204°C]. They may also be used to achieve seal compatibility withcertain fluids. Seal compatibility should be checked with the fluidmanufacturer for proper application.
This option may be specified when a precise rotation isrequired and angle adjustment (see page 3C-35) is not acceptable.By specifying this option, rotation will be within a tolerance of+30, -0 minutes. Standard tolerance is -0°, +10° of rotation.
W CLOSE TOLERANCE ROTATION
Z1 ELECTROLESS NICKEL PLATINGElectroless nickel plating is done on all externally exposed
ferrous parts except the pinion shaft. This optional plating treatmentgives an alternative method of protecting the unit from severeenvironments.
NOTE: Standard plating is Zinc & Black Oxide.
MOUNTING FLANGE (HARDWARE INCLUDED)
SIDE MOUNTING FLANGE
BOTTOM MOUNTING FLANGE
PORT & PORT CONTROL LOCATIONSSTANDARD PORT LOCATION on all Series 1000-8000
Actuators is position 2. STANDARD PVA (-N) LOCATIONS aretubes I & II in position 1. STANDARD PORT CONTROL® ANDCUSHION ADJUSTMENT NEEDLES are located in end caps I & IIin position 1. Other port and adjusting needle locations areavailable as specified.
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
3C-40
3C
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/products/rotaryactuators
CAT-03
SAE Ports are available on most PHD hydraulic RotaryActuators. The Series 1000 & 2000 Rotary Actuators require a bosswhich is brazed to the caps.
Dimensions for this boss are shown below. Consult PHD foroptional port position or units with Port Controls.
OPTIONS: SERIES 1000-8000 ROTARY ACTUATORS
SSAE PORTS FORHYDRAULIC FLUIDNot available on Rx6x and Rx9x models
.625 [15.9] DIA
.650[16.5]
SAE PORT THREADSEE CHART BELOW.039
[1]
PORT BOSS REQUIRED TOEXTEND ABOVE CAP SURFACEON SERIES 1000 & 2000 ONLY
PORTSIZE
7/16 - 20 SAE7/16 - 20 SAE9/16 - 18 SAE3/4 - 16 SAE
SERIES1000 & 20003000 & 40005000 & 60007000 & 8000
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
3D-1
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/riCAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATORSSERIES RI
INDEX:Ordering Data
Page 3D-2
BenefitsPage 3D-3
DimensionsPages 3D-4 to 3D-9
Engineering DataPages 3D-10 & 3D-11
OptionsPages 3D-12 to 3D-14
AccessoriesPages 3D-15 to 3D-18
Actuator SelectionPages 3D-19 to 3D-22
Sizing ExamplePages 3D-23 to 3D-25
Application ExamplePage 3D-26
Low Profile, High Force
SERIES RIIntegral Air Lines for
Direct Pneumatic Coupling
SERIES RIxHHollow Pinion
3D-2
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ri CAT-03
TO O
RDER
SPE
CIFY
:Pr
oduc
t, Se
ries,
Typ
e, D
esig
n No
.,Bo
re S
ize, R
otat
ion,
and
Opt
ions
.
NOTE
:1)
Eith
er o
ptio
nal a
ngle
adj
ustm
ents
or s
hock
abs
orbe
rs m
ust b
eor
dere
d on
all
units
. (Ei
ther
opt
ion
is m
anda
tory
.)2)
Switc
hes
and
switc
h br
acke
t kits
mus
t be
orde
red
sepa
rate
ly.
H-
NBD
IR
3
THRE
E PO
SITI
ONUN
ITS
Only
90°
Mid
-pos
ition
on
Doub
le R
ack
Units
are
avai
labl
e.
PROD
UCT
R - R
otar
y
SERI
ESI -
Inte
rnal
Pas
sage
TYPE
DESI
GN N
O.1
- Im
peria
l5
- Met
ric
25PB
ABM
--
SSI
NGLE
RACK D
DOUB
LERA
CK
BORE
Ø25
mm
32 m
m50
mm
25 m
m32
mm
50 m
m
TORQ
UEAT
87
psi
32 in
-lb [3
.6 N
m]
63 in
-lb [7
.1 N
m]
207
in-lb
[23.
4 Nm
]64
in-lb
[7.2
Nm
]12
7 in
-lb [1
4.3
Nm]
414
in-lb
[46.
8 Nm
]
SHOC
K AB
SORB
ERS
NB-S
hock
inst
alle
d bo
th d
irect
ions
NC-S
hock
inst
alle
d co
unte
rclo
ckw
ise
NW-S
hock
inst
alle
d cl
ockw
ise
See
note
1
ROTA
TION
SPE
ED C
ONTR
OL V
ALVE
PB -
Rot
atio
nal S
peed
Con
trols
both
dire
ctio
nsPC
-Ro
tatio
nal S
peed
Con
trols
coun
terc
lock
wis
ePW
- Ro
tatio
nal S
peed
Con
trols
cloc
kwis
e
ANGL
E AD
JUST
MEN
TAB
-An
gle
adju
stm
ent w
ith s
hock
pad
inst
alle
d bo
th e
nds
AC -
Angl
e ad
just
men
t with
sho
ckpa
d in
stal
led
coun
terc
lock
wis
e 90
°AW
-An
gle
adju
stm
ent w
ith s
hock
pad
inst
alle
d cl
ockw
ise
90°
See
note
1
OPTI
ONS
M -
Reed
Mag
net,
Solid
Sta
te
BORE
Ø25
mm
32 m
m50
mm
180
90x
x
ROTA
TION
180°
MID
-POS
ITIO
N90
°On
3-p
ositi
on o
nly
Mus
t be
spec
ified
-
UNIT
SIZE
RISx
x25
RIDx
x25
RISx
x32
RIDx
x32
RISx
x50
RIDx
x50
6914
669
153
6914
769
154
6914
769
156
SHOC
KAB
SORB
ERKI
T NO
.
NOTE
:One
por
t con
trol f
ittin
g pe
r kit
6919
569
198
6919
669
199
6919
669
199
RIxx
125
RIxx
525
RIxx
132
RIxx
532
RIxx
150
RIxx
550
ROTA
TION
SPE
ED C
ONTR
OLKI
T NO
.
1HOLL
OW P
INIO
NH
- Hol
low
Pin
ion
Leav
e bl
ank
if st
anda
rd
RIx1
25RI
x525
RIx1
32RI
x532
RIx1
50RI
x550
UNIT
SIZE
7197
271
997
7197
371
998
7197
572
000
KIT
NUM
BER
UNIT
SIZE
PORT
ING
PLAT
E KI
TS
Kits
incl
ude:
1 Po
rting
Pla
te, 2
Loc
atin
g Ri
ngs,
4 Fa
sten
ers,
Req
uire
d O-
Ring
s
ORDERING DATA: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATOR
CUST
OM R
OTAR
Y AC
TUAT
ORS
ARE
AVAI
LABL
E.PL
EASE
CON
SULT
PHD
.
!Op
tions
may
affe
ct u
nit l
engt
h.Se
e un
it di
men
sion
and
opt
ions
page
s fo
r add
ers.
CUSTOM
PR
OD
UCTS
FIT
TO
NEED
CUSTOM
PR
OD
UCTS
FIT
TO
NEED
3D-3
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/riCAT-03
COMMON BENEFITS■ Available in three sizes and six torque ranges from 32 to
414 in-lb at 87 psi [3.6 to 46.8 Nm at 6 bar] and are availablein either imperial or metric versions.
■ Provide 0 to 180 degrees rotation and are infinitely adjustablethroughout the entire range.
■ Body and hub locating sleeve pins provide accurate location.
■ Zero backlash at ends of rotation for precise rotary positioning.
■ Optional three position units are available providing 90° midposition on double rack units only.
■ PHD Series 6790 Switches or proximity switch ready areavailable for interfacing to electrical controls.
■ Optional shock absorbers or bumpers provide quiet operationand end of rotation deceleration.
■ Optional port flow controls provide accurate control ofrotation speed.
SPECIFICATIONS Series RIPISTON SEALS Block VeePISTON Free Floating, Acetal MaterialPINION SHAFT One Piece Alloy Steel with Center Through HoleRACKS Alloy SteelEND CAPS Clear Anodized AluminumBODY Hardcoated AluminumBEARINGS Two Radial Ball BearingsPORTS NPT or BSPPBREAKAWAY PRESSURE 5 psi [0.35 bar]LUBRICATION Permanent for Non-Lube AirWORKING PRESSURE 100 psi [7 bar] MaximumSTANDARD ROTATIONS Fully Adjustable (0 to 180°)BACKLASH No Backlash at end of RotationLIFE Designed for 5,000,000 Trouble-Free CyclesOPERATING TEMPERATURE: OPTIONSANGLE ADJUSTMENT UNIT AB, AC, AW -20° to 160°F [-28.9° to 71.1°C]SHOCK ABSORBER UNIT NB, NC, NW 32° to 150°F [0° to 65.6°C]ROTATION SPEED CONTROL UNIT PB, PC, PW 5° to 160°F [-15° to 71.1°C]
THEORETICAL TORQUEin-lb/psi [Nm/bar]
BORE SIZE25
RISRID
32 50[3.9][7.8]
2.374.75
[1.2][2.4]
.731.45
[.6][1.2]
.36
.74
BENEFITS: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATOR
SERIES RI BENEFITS: INTEGRAL AIR LINES■ Series RI Rotary Actuators incorporate internal air passages
within the rotary pinion manifold to allow pneumatic couplingto other devices without tubing. Provides protection againstsevered or damaged air lines eliminating downtime.
■ Hub manifold interface provides from 4 to 8 passages throughthe pinion for maximum flexibility.
■ Units incorporate a hollow pinion for routing and protectingitems such as electrical cable.
■ Features enclosed inner tubing for protection from externalcontaminants.
■ Porting plate accessory allows for quick and easy transitionbetween hub manifold and customer tooling or end effectors.
SERIES RIxH BENEFITS: HOLLOW PINION■ Series RIxH Rotary Actuators offer a hollow pinion which
provides routing and protection for electrical cables and airlines.
■ Series RIxH Rotary Actuators provide a lower cost and lowerprofile solution with a larger opening through the pinion.
Series RIxH
Series RI
ShockAbsorbers
Piston
Pinion
Rack Assembly
Body
Cap
Cap Seal
CapUnit Porting(CW & CCW)
InternalAir Passages
Available with a Hub ManifoldInterface or a Hollow Pinion
3D-4
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ri CAT-03
DIMENSIONS: SERIES RISH ROTARY ACTUATOR SINGLE RACK
5.425[137.8]6.384
[162.2]8.464
[215.0]
A3.071[78.0]3.858[98.0]5.197
[132.0]
B3.031[77.0]3.819[97.0]5.157
[131.0]
D.472
[12.0].630
[16.0].630
[16.0]
E1.477[37.5]1.969[50.0]2.264[57.5]
F.738
[18.7]1.070[27.2]1.204[30.6]
H1.698[43.1]1.838[46.7]2.328[59.1]
K1.823[46.3]2.004[50.9]2.557[64.9]
J.406
[10.3].758
[19.3].575
[14.6]
GRISH125RISH525RISH132RISH532RISH150RISH550
UNITSIZE
.472[12.0].630
[16.0].630
[16.0]
CM3 x 0.5M3 x 0.5M3 x 0.5M3 x 0.5M4 x 0.7M4 x 0.7
L.102[2.6].102[2.6]——
M.098[2.5].118[3.0]——
N1.417[36.0]1.909[48.5]2.657[67.5]
P1.398[35.5]1.890[48.0]2.638[67.0]
R1.889[48.0]2.519[64.0]3.454[87.7]
S
1.969[50.0]2.520[64.0]3.150[80.0]
U.618
[15.7].854
[21.7]1.142[29.0]
WM14 x 1.5M14 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M20 x 1.5
Y.709
[18.0].787
[20.0]1.535[39.0]
Z.197[5.0].197[5.0].419
[10.6]
BB5/16-24
M8 x 1.255/16-24
M8 x 1.251/2-20
M12 x 1.75
DD.4715
[11.98].4715
[11.98].7077
[17.98]
CC.394
[10.0].650
[16.5].650
[16.5]
AARISH125RISH525RISH132RISH532RISH150RISH550
.731[18.6].888
[22.6]1.270[32.2]
V.157[4.0].236[6.0].666
[16.9]
EE2.283[58.0]2.598[66.0]3.701[94.0]
FF.197[5.0].315[8.0].315[8.0]
GG
LETTER DIMENSION
LETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
UNITSIZE HH JJ
5.819[147.8]7.014
[178.2]9.094
[231.0]
10-32M5 x 0.8
1/8-27 NPT1/8-28 BSPP1/8-27 NPT
1/8-28 BSPP
NOTES:1) PORT POSITIONS INDICATED BY CIRCLED NUMBERS.2) PINION AND HUB SHOWN AT MID ROTATION.
.417[10.6].374[9.5].543
[13.8]
T
.0004[.01].0004[.01].0004[.01]
CC TOL±
PINION DETAIL
MM
T
Ø PP
Ø LLØ KK
SECTION CC
C C
2.244[57.0]2.677[68.0]3.150[80.0]
Ø PPRISH125RISH525RISH132RISH532RISH150RISH550
UNITSIZE
.677[17.2].846
[21.5]1.060[26.9]
Ø KK1.063[27.0]1.339[34.0]1.676[42.6]
Ø LL.236[6.0].276[7.0].354[9.0]
MM
PORT PLUG DETAILFOR METRIC UNITS
2X DDTHREAD THRU
JJ PORT
JJ PORT
Y THREAD THRU
Y THREAD THRU
4X M HOLE X N DEEPRIxx25 & RIxx32 ONLY
4X L THREAD8X L THREADFOR RIxx50 ONLY
A
2X F
A/2C
DB 4X G4X H
4X CC
2X BBPR
Ø U
S
T
FF
2X EE
AA
Z V
W
ZV
W AA
2X Z
GGHH
E
4X K
4X J
2X BB
SEE PAGE 3D-18 FORT-SLOT DIMENSIONS
PORT PLUGSEE PORT PLUGDETAIL FORMETRIC UNITS
PORT PLUGSEE PORT PLUGDETAIL FORMETRIC UNITS
PORT PLUGPER DIN 908
65
2
1
4
3
3D-5
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/riCAT-03
DIMENSIONS: SERIES RIDH ROTARY ACTUATOR DOUBLE RACK
1 2
34
56
78
1.280[32.5]1.378[35.0]1.378[35.0]
E.731
[18.6].888
[22.6]1.270[32.2]
M14 x 1.5M14 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M25 x 1.5M25 x 1.5
Y.709
[18.0].787
[20.0]1.535[39.0]
Z.394
[10.0].650
[16.5].650
[16.5]
AA.197[5.0].315[8.0].315[8.0]
GGRIDH125RIDH525RIDH132RIDH532RIDH150RIDH550
UNITSIZE
.618[15.7].854
[21.7]1.142[29.0]
WLETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
V10-32
M5 x 0.81/8-27 NPT
1/8-28 BSPP1/8-27 NPT
1/8-28 BSPP
JJ
NOTES:1) PORT POSITIONS INDICATED BY CIRCLED NUMBERS.2) PINION AND HUB SHOWN AT MID ROTATION.3) FOR DIMENSIONS NOT GIVEN SEE RISH SINGLE RACK DIMENSION PAGE 3D-4.
PORT PLUG DETAILFOR METRIC UNITS
4X JJ PORTTHIS END
2X Y THREAD THRUTHIS END
W
2X V2X Z
AA
2X Z
GG
E
PORT PLUGSEE PORT PLUGDETAIL FORMETRIC UNITS
PORT PLUGPER DIN 908
2
4
13
65
3D-6
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ri CAT-03
DIMENSIONS: SERIES RIS ROTARY ACTUATOR SINGLE RACK
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
5.425[137.8]6.384
[162.2]8.464
[215.0]
A3.071[78.0]3.858[98.0]5.197
[132.0]
B3.031[77.0]3.819[97.0]5.157
[131.0]
D.472
[12.0].630
[16.0].630
[16.0]
E1.477[37.5]1.969[50.0]2.264[57.5]
F.738
[18.7]1.070[27.2]1.204[30.6]
H1.698[43.1]1.838[46.7]2.328[59.1]
K1.823[46.3]2.004[50.9]2.557[64.9]
J.406
[10.3].758
[19.3].575
[14.6]
GRIS125RIS525RIS132RIS532RIS150RIS550
UNITSIZE
.472[12.0].630
[16.0].630
[16.0]
CM3 x 0.5M3 x 0.5M3 x 0.5M3 x 0.5M4 x 0.7M4 x 0.7
L.102[2.6].102[2.6]——
M.098[2.5].118[3.0]——
N1.417[36.0]1.909[48.5]2.657[67.5]
P1.398[35.5]1.890[48.0]2.638[67.0]
R1.889[48.0]2.519[64.0]3.454[87.7]
S
1.969[50.0]2.520[64.0]3.150[80.0]
U.618
[15.7].854
[21.7]1.142[29.0]
WM14 x 1.5M14 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M20 x 1.5
Y.709
[18.0].787
[20.0]1.535[39.0]
Z.197[5.0].197[5.0].419
[10.6]
BB5/16-24
M8 x 1.255/16-24
M8 x 1.251/2-20
M12 x 1.75
DD.4715
[11.98].4715
[11.98].7077
[17.98]
CC.394
[10.0].650
[16.5].650
[16.5]
AARIS125RIS525RIS132RIS532RIS150RIS550
.731[18.6].888
[22.6]1.270[32.2]
V.157[4.0].236[6.0].666
[16.9]
EE2.283[58.0]2.598[66.0]3.701[94.0]
FF.197[5.0].315[8.0].315[8.0]
GG
LETTER DIMENSION
LETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
UNITSIZE HH JJ
5.819[147.8]7.014
[178.2]9.094
[231.0]
10-32M5 x 0.8
1/8-27 NPT1/8-28 BSPP1/8-27 NPT
1/8-28 BSPP
NOTES:1) PORT POSITIONS INDICATED BY CIRCLED NUMBERS.2) PINION AND HUB SHOWN AT MID ROTATION.
.709[18.0].787
[20.0].787
[20.0]
T
.0004[.01].0004[.01].0004[.01]
CC TOL±
PORT PLUG DETAILFOR METRIC UNITS
2X DDTHREAD THRU
JJ PORT
JJ PORT
Y THREAD THRU
Y THREAD THRU
4X M HOLE X N DEEPRIxx25 & RIxx32 ONLY
4X L THREAD8X L THREADFOR RIxx50 ONLY
A
2X F
A/2C
DB 4X G4X H
4X CC
2X BBPR
Ø U
S
T
FF
2X EE
AA
Z V
W
ZV
W AA
2X Z
GGHH
E
4X K
4X J
2X BB
SEE PAGE 3D-8 FORPRESSURE OUTPUTHUB INTERFACEDIMENSIONS
SEE PAGE 3D-8 FORPRESSURE INPUTHUB INTERFACEDIMENSIONS
SEE PAGE 3D-18 FORT-SLOT DIMENSIONS
PORT PLUGSEE PORT PLUGDETAIL FORMETRIC UNITSPORT PLUG
SEE PORT PLUGDETAIL FORMETRIC UNITS
PORT PLUGPER DIN 908
1 2
34
56
78
21
87
6 5
43
65
2
1
4
3
3D-7
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/riCAT-03
DIMENSIONS: SERIES RID ROTARY ACTUATOR DOUBLE RACK
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
1 2
34
56
78
1.280[32.5]1.378[35.0]1.378[35.0]
E.731
[18.6].888
[22.6]1.270[32.2]
M14 x 1.5M14 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M25 x 1.5M25 x 1.5
Y.709
[18.0].787
[20.0]1.535[39.0]
Z.394
[10.0].650
[16.5].650
[16.5]
AA.197[5.0].315[8.0].315[8.0]
GGRID125RID525RID132RID532RID150RID550
UNITSIZE
.618[15.7].854
[21.7]1.142[29.0]
WLETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
V10-32
M5 x 0.81/8-27 NPT
1/8-28 BSPP1/8-27 NPT
1/8-28 BSPP
JJ
NOTES:1) PORT POSITIONS INDICATED BY CIRCLED NUMBERS.2) PINION AND HUB SHOWN AT MID ROTATION.3) FOR DIMENSIONS NOT GIVEN SEE RIS SINGLE RACK DIMENSION PAGE 3D-6.
PORT PLUG DETAILFOR METRIC UNITS
21
87
6 5
43
4X JJ PORTTHIS END
2X Y THREAD THRUTHIS END
W
2X V2X Z
AA
2X Z
GG
E
SEE PAGE 3D-8 FORPRESSURE OUTPUT
HUB INTERFACEDIMENSIONS
SEE PAGE 3D-8 FOR PRESSURE INPUTHUB INTERFACE DIMENSIONS
PORT PLUGSEE PORT PLUGDETAIL FORMETRIC UNITS
PORT PLUGPER DIN 908
2
4
13
65
3D-8
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ri CAT-03
DIMENSIONS: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATOR OUTPUT HUB
PRESSURE OUTPUT HUB O-RING INTERFACE
1.969[50]
2.520[64.0]3.150[80.0]
A1.378[35.0]1.811[46.0]2.283[58.0]
.472[12.0].610
[15.5].797
[20.2]
D.512
[13.0].630
[16.0].906
[23.0]
E.177[4.5].197[5.0].276[7.0]
FRIS125 & RID125RIS525 & RID525RIS132 & RID132RIS532 & RID532RIS150 & RID150RIS550 & RID550
UNITSIZE
10-32M5 x 0.81/4-28
M6 x 1.05/16-24
M8 x 1.25
CLETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
B.2355[5.98].3147[7.99].3940
[10.01]
H45.045.030.030.022.522.5
L°90.090.060.060.045.045.0
K°1.575[40.0]1.811[46.0]2.362[60.0]
M10-32
M5 x 0.81/8-27 NPT
1/8-28 BSPP1/8-27 NPT
1/8-28 BSPP
N2.244[57.0]2.677[68.0]3.150[80.0]
P.197[5.0].276[7.0].433
[11.0]
J.026[.7].026[.7].039[1.0]
G
NOTE:1) PINION AND HUB SHOWN AT MID ROTATION.
.0003[.008].0003[.008].0003[.008]
H TOL ±.002[.05].002[.05].002[.05]
A TOL ±.197[5.0].315[8.0].354[9.0]
R
BB
CC
RIxx25 RIxx32 RIxx50
A A
RIxx25 RIxx32 RIxx50
4X N CUSTOMER PORT 6X N CUSTOMER PORT8X N CUSTOMER PORT
6X Ø F x G DPO-RING INTERFACE
4X C THD x D DP
8X Ø F x G DPO-RING INTERFACE
4X C THD x D DP
Ø P Ø P Ø P
Ø E
Ø E
L°
4X K°
L°
6X K°
L°
8X K°
Ø JØ J
4X (G) 6X (G)8X (G)
2X Ø H x R DP2X Ø H x R DP
Ø BØ B
Ø MØ M
Ø M
Ø AØ A
6 235
1
4
8 347
1 2
56
4 3
21
5 326
4
1
7 438
6 5
21
4X Ø F x G DPO-RING INTERFACE
1
4X C THD x D DP
Ø E Ø J 2X Ø H x R DP
Ø B
Ø A
2
34
L°
4X K°
L°
6X K°
L°
8X K°
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
PRESSURE INPUT PORT INTERFACE
3D-9
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/riCAT-03
21
87
6 5
43
NOTES:1) PORT POSITIONS INDICATED BY CIRCLED NUMBERS.2) PINION AND HUB SHOWN AT MID ROTATION.3) MID POSITION HOLDING TORQUE ON DOUBLE RACK
UNITS IS 1/2 CATALOGED OUTPUT TORQUE.
DOUBLE RACKSIZE 25, 32 & 50
PORT PLUG DETAIL FOR METRIC UNITS
PORT PLUGPER DIN 908
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
3RID1253RID5253RID1323RID5323RID1503RID550
UNITSIZE
LETTER DIMENSION
.618[15.7].854
[21.7]1.142[29.0]
AA10-32
M5 x 0.81/8-27 NPT
1/8-28 BSPP1/8-27 NPT
1/8-28 BSPP
JJ.807
[20.5]1.161[29.5]1.870[47.5]
ZZ.354[9.0].492
[12.5].591
[15.0]
LL.354[9.0].571
[14.5].701
[17.8]
MM.618
[15.7].854
[21.7]1.142[29.0]
NN1.496[38.0]1.965[49.9]2.362[60.0]
KK
A B C
C B
A(0-90-180°)
P R P R P R
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
3RID1253RID5253RID1323RID5323RID1503RID550
UNITSIZE
LETTER DIMENSION
.709[18.0]1.496[38.0]1.890[48.0]
Z.197[5.0].315[8.0].315[8.0]
GG.295[7.5].472
[12.0]1.535[39.0]
PP.472
[12.0].630
[16.0].630
[16.0]
C
DOUBLE RACK DIMENSIONS
2X JJ PORT(UNIT CONTROL)
2X JJ PORT(3 POSITIONCONTROL)
2X JJ PORT(UNIT CONTROL)
Z
AA NN
2X ZZ PP
KKC2X MM
LLGG
PORT PLUGSEE PORT PLUGDETAIL FORMETRIC UNITS
FOR DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN HERE:SERIES RIxH SEE PAGES 3D-4 AND 3D-5SERIES RI SEE PAGES 3D-6 AND 3D-7
2
1
4
3 5 6
DIMENSIONS: 3-POSITION UNITS
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
3D-10
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ri CAT-03
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATORSPECIFICATIONS
TORQUE AT 87 psi [6 bar] PISTON DIAMETER PISTON AREA AIR VOLUME (2 x 180)
36.7173.4169.48139.13244.82489.65
cm3in3
2.244.484.248.4914.9429.88
UNIT SIZERISxx25RIDxx25RISxx32RIDxx32RISxx50RIDxx50
cm2
4.904.908.068.0619.6119.61
in2
0.760.761.251.253.043.04
mm252532325050
in0.980.981.261.261.971.97
3.67.27.114.323.446.8
Nmin-lb326463127207414
5725721206120618501850
292292511511697697
130013002275227531003100
254625465365536582298229
RISxx25RIDxx25RISxx32RIDxx32RISxx50RIDxx50
BEARING LOADS TABLEMAXIMUM RADIAL
PAYLOAD ATMOUNTING SURFACE
MAXIMUMAXIAL
PAYLOADUNITSIZE NlbNlb
THEORETICAL TORQUE OUTPUTUNIT SIZE
RISxx25INPUT
PRESSUREpsi405060708090
100
RIDxx25 RISxx32 RIDxx32 RISxx50Nm10.713.416.118.821.524.226.9
in-lb95.1
118.9142.7166.4190.2214.0237.8
Nm6.68.29.9
11.513.114.816.4
58.272.787.3
101.8116.4130.9145.4
Nm3.34.14.95.86.67.48.2
in-lb29.136.443.650.958.265.472.7
Nm3.34.25.05.86.77.58.3
in-lb29.536.944.251.659.066.373.7
Nm1.72.12.52.93.33.74.2
in-lb14.718.422.125.829.533.236.9
bar2.73.44.14.85.56.26.8
in-lbRIDxx50
21.526.932.237.643.048.453.7
in-lb190.2237.8285.3332.9380.4428.0475.5
Nm
PRESSURE AND BREAKAWAY RATINGSAll Series RI Rotary Actuators have a maximum pressure rating
of 100 psi [7 bar] with a 5 psi [0.3 bar] breakaway pressure. Theyare for pneumatic application only.
OPERATING TEMPERATURESStandard Series RI Rotary Actuators are recommended for use
in temperatures from -20° to +160°F [-28° to +71°C]. If a PHDsupplied external rotation speed control valve is used, thetemperature range is from 5° to 160°F [-15° to 71°C]. If a PHDsupplied shock absorber is used, the temperature range is from 32° to150°F [0° to 66°C]. Consult PHD for temperatures beyond this range.
LUBRICATIONAll units are permanently lubricated at assembly for service
using non-lubricated air. Life can be extended by periodic lubricationof the rack and pinion using high grade bearing grease and by usinglubricated air.
BACKLASHAll units have 0° of backlash at ends of rotation.
ANGLE OF ROTATIONStandard angle of rotation is 180°. Consult PHD for rotation
requirements above 180°. All units require angle adjustment orshock absorber option which provide 90° adjustment from each end.
ROTATIONAL ALLOWANCEThe rotational allowance of the Series RI Rotary Actuator is 7°
to 15° on the nominal specified rotation.
ROTATION RATESThe speeds given in the chart on page 3D-11 reflect one cycle of
180° with no load applied at 87 psi [6 bar]. Times given are averageand include the deceleration time through each type stopping method.
CONTROLSControl of output hub speed is extremely important as inertia
force is a function of rotational speed and distance from load tooutput hub center. Flow controls and shock absorbers should beconsidered when inertial loads are applied. See pages 3D-11through 3D-15 for information on Series RI Rotary Actuatorcontrols. See pages 3D-19 through 3D-21 for information on loadstopping capacity.
.26
.26
.23
.23
.21
.21
RISxx25RIDxx25RISxx32RIDxx32RISxx50RIDxx50
BACKLASH SPECIFICATIONS
REPEATABILITY
BACKLASHMID
ROTATIONUNITSIZE +/- (degrees)
0.140.530.420.940.120.35
(degrees)
BACKLASHTHREE POSITION
UNIT
1.251.250.350.350.20.2
+/- (degrees)
REPEATABILITYTHREE POSITION
UNIT
0.160.160.10.1
0.060.06
+/- (degrees)
3D-11
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/riCAT-03
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATOR
ROTARY ACTUATOR ROTATION RATE TABLE(NO LOAD CONDITIONS)
MANIFOLD PINION SPECIFICATIONS
UNITSIZE
RISx25RIDx25RISx32RIDx32RISx50RIDx50
NUMBER OFPASSAGES
446688
FLOW THROUGHPASSAGES @ 87 psi [6 bar]
CFM11
1.31.31.51.5
Liter/Min
CENTER THROUGH HOLEDIAMETER
in mm0.1970.1970.2760.2760.4330.433
55771111
ROTARY ACTUATOR WEIGHT TABLES
28.328.336.836.842.542.5
ACTUATOR WEIGHTUNITSIZE lb kg
RISxx25RIDxx25RISxx32RIDxx32RISxx50RIDxx50
33.57.68
14.315
1.361.593.443.636.486.80
ACTUATOR WEIGHTUNITSIZE lb kg
3 RIDxx253 RIDxx323 RIDxx50
4.19.617.6
1.864.367.98
SINGLE AND DOUBLEROTARY ACTUATORS
3 POSITIONROTARY ACTUATORS
UNITSIZE
RISxx25RIDxx25RISxx32RIDxx32RISxx50RIDxx50
ROTATION RATES at 87 psi(seconds maximum)
shockpad shock
speedcontrol
0.130.230.110.280.130.28
0.180.410.110.300.220.40
0.180.230.310.320.290.78
3D-12
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ri CAT-03
OPTIONS: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATOR
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
Angle adjustment options and/or shock absorber options mustbe ordered on each unit. Both provide mechanical stops and angleadjustment of -90° from both ends of rotation.
The standard rotation for Series RI is 180°. The ability to adjustover a wide range eliminates the need to order special units forspecific angles of rotation.
The angle adjustment screw has a shock pad as standardproviding quiet actuator operation in less demanding applications.In more demanding applications, the optional shock absorbersshould be specified to handle the higher energy dissipation.
AB
AC
AW
21
38
6
7
5
4
21
38
6
7
5
4
.200[5.1].240[6.1].310[7.9]
A2.578[65.5]3.392[86.2]3.373[85.7]
.770[19.6]1.100[27.9]1.360[34.5]
DRISx125RISx525RISx132RISx532RISx150RISx550
UNITSIZE
.551[14.0].787
[20.0].787
[20.0]
CLETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
B
.369[9.4].424
[10.8].505
[12.8]
A1.770[45.0]2.644[67.2]2.625[66.7]
1.094[27.8]1.375[34.9]1.750[44.5]
DRIDx125RIDx525RIDx132RIDx532RIDx150RIDx550
.551[14.0].787
[20.0].984
[25.0]
CLETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
B
69223-0169230-0169226-0169231-0169226-0169233-01
RISxx25RIDxx25RISxx32RIDxx32RISxx50RIDxx50
ANGLE ADJUSTMENTKIT NO.*
*ANGLE ADJUSTMENT KITS INCLUDE:FOR RISxx UNITS - 1 ANGLE ADJUSTMENT SCREW AND 1 NUTFOR RIDxx UNITS - 1 ANGLE ADJUSTMENT SCREW, 1 NUT,
1 THREAD SEAL AND 1 SEAL WASHER1 KIT REQUIRED PER END OF ADJUSTMENT DESIRED.
UNITSIZE
UNITSIZE
2X A2X B
2X C 2X D
2X A2X B
2X C
2X D
ANGLE ADJUSTMENTS WITHSHOCK PAD INSTALLED BOTH ENDS
ANGLE ADJUSTMENTS WITHSHOCK PAD INSTALLEDCOUNTERCLOCKWISE 90°
ANGLE ADJUSTMENTS WITH SHOCKPAD INSTALLED CLOCKWISE 90°
3D-13
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/riCAT-03
OPTIONS: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATOR
Either angle adjustment options and/or shock absorber optionsmust be ordered on each unit. Both provide mechanical stops andangle adjustment of -90° from both ends of rotation.
The shock absorber options provide maximum decelerationcontrol and rotational stopping ability. The -NB, -NC, and -NWoptions provide the rotary actuator with the shock absorber factoryinstalled in the Series RI rotary actuator. See pages 3D-19 through3D-21 for details on unit stopping capacity with installed shockabsorbers. Reference the Shock Absorber Specifications Chart fornominal effective angle of rotation in each direction.
NB
NC
NW
SHOCK ABSORBER INSTALLEDBOTH DIRECTIONS
SHOCK ABSORBER INSTALLEDCOUNTERCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
SHOCK ABSORBER INSTALLEDCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
NOTE: The shock absorber doubles as the rotation adjustment.Shock absorbers or angle adjustment option must be installed in therotary actuator prior to operating the unit. Operation of units withoutinstalled shocks or angle adjustment can damage the units and voidany and all warranties. Only shock absorbers specified by PHD
should be used in Series RI Rotary Actuators. The use of any othershock absorbers will affect actuator performance and lifeexpectancy.
PHD recommends replacing shocks every 1,000,000 cycles tomaintain peak actuator performance and life.
SHOCK ABSORBER SPECIFICATIONS
UNITSIZE
RISxx25RIDxx25RISxx32RIDxx32RISxx50RIDxx50
THREADTYPE
SHOCKABSORBER
WEIGHTlb kg in-lb Nm
KINETICENERGY
LOADSTROKEin mm in mm in mmmm
M14 x 1.5M14 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M20 x 1.5M25 x 1.5
.50
.50
.75.625.75.91
12.712.719.115.919.123.1
.12
.12
.28
.28
.28
.76
.05
.05
.13
.13
.13
.34
1501502252252251860
1717252525210
3.593.594.674.674.675.51
SHOCKABSORBER
LENGTH
ACROSSWRENCH
FLATS
91.291.2118.6118.6118.6140.0
.49
.49
.69
.69
.69
.88
12.412.417.517.517.522.2
691466915369147691546914769156
SHOCKABSORBER
KIT NO.
SHOCK ABSORBERS KITS INCLUDE:FOR RISxx UNITS - 1 SHOCK AND 1 NUTFOR RIDxx UNITS - 1 SHOCK, 1 NUT, 1 THREAD SEAL,
AND 1 SEAL WASHER1 KIT REQUIRED PER END OF ADJUSTMENT DESIRED
303070605570
SHOCKABSORBEREFFECTIVE
ANGLE
.369[9.4].424
[10.8].505
[12.8]
A2.039[51.8]2.515[63.9]3.176[80.7]
1.094[27.8]1.375[34.9]1.750[44.5]
DRID125RID525RID132RID532RID150RID550
UNIT.551
[14.0].787
[20.0].984
[25.0]
CLETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
B.200[5.1].240[6.1].310[7.9]
A2.847[72.3]3.263[82.9]3.924[99.7]
.770[19.6]1.100[27.9]1.360[34.5]
DRIS125RIS525RIS132RIS532RIS150RIS550
UNIT.551
[14.0].787
[20.0].787
[20.0]
CLETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].NOTE: FOR RISxxx UNITS WITH CUSHION USE RIDxxx DIMENSION L
B
2X B2X A
2X D2X C
2X A2X B
2X C
2X D
21
38
6
7
5
4
21
38
6
7
5
4
SINGLE RACK
DOUBLE RACK
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
3D-14
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ri CAT-03
OPTIONS: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATOR
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
The PHD Series RI offers optional external compact flowcontrol fittings for adjusting output hub rotation speed. The speed ofthe hub is controlled by regulating the cylinder exhaust. The controlfittings are unidirectional flow control valves where intake air flowsfreely through the flow control and exhaust is metered out throughan adjustment screw. Intake capacity is slightly greater than the fullopen exhaust capacity, enabling maximum variation of hub rotationspeed.
The PHD Series RI flow control fittings are mounted directly tothe caps and provide an integral tube fitting connection. They alsoswivel 360° around the ports, easing tube routing installation.Rotational velocities are adjusted and maintained by the captivatedfine adjustment screw with a locking nut to ensure precise velocitycontrol and repeatability in output hub rotation speed.
PB
PC
PW
ROTATION SPEED CONTROLBOTH DIRECTIONS
ROTATION SPEED CONTROLCOUNTERCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
ROTATION SPEED CONTROLCLOCKWISE DIRECTION
NOTE: Flow control fitting is effective between 15 to 100 psi[1.0 to 7.0 bar] and from 5° to 160°F [-15° to 71.1°C].
1 KIT REQUIRED PER ENDOF ADJUSTMENT DESIREDNOTE: ONE PORT CONTROL
FITTING PER KIT
691956919869196691996919669199
RIxx125RIxx525RIxx132RIxx532RIxx150RIxx550
ROTATION SPEED CONTROLKIT NO.
.984[25.0]1.614[41.0]1.693[43.0]
A.827
[21.0]1.043[26.5]1.043[26.5]
.630[16.0].817
[20.8].743
[18.9]
D.394
[10.0].650
[16.5].650
[16.5]
ERIxx125RIxx525RIxx132RIxx532RIxx150RIxx550
UNITSIZE
.197[5.0].069[1.8].069[1.8]
CLETTER DIMENSION
B.156[4.0].250[6.4].250[6.4]
F
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].UNITSIZE
Ø F TUBE SIZE
C
A
B
D
E
M
This option equips the rotary actuator with magnets on the rackfor use with PHD Series 6790 Solid State Switches. These switchesmount easily to the actuator using the switch slots in the sides ofthe body.
PHD Series 6790 Solid State and Reed Switches are designedspecifically to provide an input signal to various types ofprogrammable controllers or logic systems. See Switches andSensors section for ordering information on the Series 6790Switches.
MAGNETS FOR PHD 6790 SOLIDSTATE AND REED SWITCHES
SWITCH INTO GROOVEIN EITHER SIDE
0.60.60.4
RIxxx25RIxxx32RIxxx50
UNITSIZE
REPEATABILITY(degree)
NPN 4.5 - 30 VDC, 2 m cableNPN 4.5 - 30 VDC, 5 m cableNPN 4.5 - 30 VDC, Quick ConnectPNP 4.5 - 30 VDC, 2 m cablePNP 4.5 - 30 VDC, 5 m cablePNP 4.5 - 30 VDC, Quick Connect
DESCRIPTION67903-1-0267903-1-0567923-167904-1-0267904-1-0567924-1
PART NO.
10.69.35.9
HYSTERESIS(degree)
505142
BAND WIDTH(max. degree)
312826
(min. degree)
SOLID STATE SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
0.60.80.6
RIxxx25RIxxx32RIxxx50
REPEATABILITY(degree)
9.57.45.1
HYSTERESIS(degree)
444336
BAND WIDTH(max. degree)
272626
(min. degree)
REED SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
SOLID STATE SWITCHES
PNP or NPN 4.5 - 30 VDC, 2 m cablePNP or NPN 4.5 - 30 VDC, 5 m cablePNP or NPN 4.5 - 30 VDC, Quick Connect
DESCRIPTION67902-1-0267902-1-0567922-1
PART NO.
REED SWITCHES
UNITSIZE
3D-15
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/riCAT-03
ACCESSORIES: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATOR
EXTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCHESThis accessory provides for the external mounting of round
metal sensing proximity switches. One switch mounting kit isrequired per switch and includes the plastic bracket with therequired mounting hardware. A steel switch target is also includedin each external proximity switch mounting kit.
The Series RI body accepts up to four external proximityswitches. The typical application requires two switch mounting kits,however, if the three position model has been ordered, the threeposition switch bracket kit must also be ordered. This kit utilizes thetop target groove in the hub and therefore positions the proximityswitch higher from the body.
Proximity switches are supplied by the customer, see chartbelow for switch diameter specifications, dimension C.
VIEW AA
A
A
702077020870209
3 RIDxx253 RIDxx323 RIDxx50
3 POSITION PROXIMITYKIT NO.
3 POSITION PROXIMITY KITS INCLUDE:1 TARGET ASSEMBLY
- 1 CAM PIN - 1 TARGET
1 BRACKET OR BRACKET ASSEMBLY WITHREQUIRED MOUNTING HARDWARE
.504[12.8].571
[14.5].748
[19.0]
A.413
[10.5].452
[11.5].571
[14.5]
RIxx125RIxx525RIxx132RIxx532RIxx150RIxx550
UNITSIZE
.197[5.0].197[5.0].315[8.0]
CLETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
B
691816918269184
RIxxx25RIxxx32RIxxx50
STANDARD PROXIMITYKIT NO.
STANDARD PROXIMITY KITS INCLUDE:1 TARGET ASSEMBLY
- 1 CAM PIN - 1 TARGET
1 BRACKET OR BRACKET ASSEMBLY WITHREQUIRED MOUNTING HARDWARE
UNITSIZE
UNITSIZE
BRACKET ASSEMBLY3RIxxx25 ONLY
3 POSITION BRACKET
STANDARD BRACKET
STANDARD BRACKET
3 POSITION BRACKET
Ø C PROXIMITY SWITCH
A
B
3D-16
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ri CAT-03
ACCESSORIES: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATOR
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
SERIES RIxx25 SERIES RIxx32
SERIES RIxx50
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
.138[3.5].571
[14.5].315[8.0]
A——
.945[24.0]1.024[26.0]
10-32[M5 x 0.8]1/8 NPT
[1/8 BSPP]1/8 NPT
[1/8 BSPP]
D.472
[12.0].906
[23.0].984
[25.0]
E.197[5.0].276[7.0].433
[11.0]
FRIx125RIx525RIx132RIx532RIx150RIx550
UNITSIZE
——
.413[10.5]
——
CLETTER DIMENSION
B
RIx125RIx525RIx132RIx532RIx150RIx550
UNITSIZE
LETTER DIMENSION
.197[5.0].276[7.0].433
[11.0]
M1.181[30.0]1.496[38.0]1.732[44.0]
L1.969[50.0]2.559[65.0]2.953[75.0]
K1.378[35.0]1.811[46.0]2.283[58.0]
J10-32
[M5 x 0.8]1/4-28
[M6 x 1.0]5/16-24
[M8 x 1.25]
H.197[5.0].276[7.0].433
[11.0]
G
RIx125RIx525RIx132RIx532RIx150RIx550
UNITSIZE
LETTER DIMENSION
10-24[M5 x 0.8]
1/4-20[M6 x 1.0]
5/16-18[M8 x 1.25]
U2.047[52.0]2.598[66.0]2.913[74.0]
S.1252
[3.005].1252
[3.005].2503
[6.007]
R1.496[38.0]1.969[50.0]2.126[54.0]
N
RIx125RIx525RIx132RIx532RIx150RIx550
UNIT
REQUIREDSCREW TORQUE
7575150150250250
10-32 x .5M5 x 0.8 x 121/4-28 x .75
M6 x 1.0 x 225/16-24 x .875M8 x 1.25 x 25
SCREWSIZE
(SHCS)719727199771973719987197572000
KITNUMBER in-lb Nm
8.58.516.916.928.228.2
LOCATION MARK
8X D PORT
SERIES RI ROTARYPORT INTERFACE
4X THRU AND COUNTERBOREFOR H SHCS
2X Ø R THRU(ON Ø N BOLT HOLE CIRCLE)CUSTOMER MOUNTING
4X U THREAD(ON Ø S BOLT HOLE CIRCLE)CUSTOMER MOUNTING
4X LRADIUS
Ø M THRU
A
A
A
A
E
4X B
K
Ø J
Ø N
Ø S
4X 45°
F
G
LOCATION MARK
RIxx25 UNIT SHOWN AT MID-ROTATION
O-RINGLOCATING RING
LOCATION MARKCUSTOMER PORTING PLATE
FASTENER
PORT ID # ON ALL SIDES
PORT ID # ON ALL SIDESPORT ID # ON ALL SIDES
Ø M THRU
Ø SØ N
4X LRADIUS
K
Ø J
4X THRUAND COUNTERBOREFOR H SHCS
LOCATIONMARK
F G
E
4X A
SERIES RIROTARY PORTINTERFACE
2X Ø R THRU(ON Ø N BOLT HOLE CIRCLE)CUSTOMER MOUNTING
4X U THREAD THRU(ON Ø S BOLT HOLE CIRCLE)CUSTOMER MOUNTING
4X 45°
2X 15°
4X D PORT
4X THRU AND COUNTERBOREFOR H SHCS4X L
RADIUS
2X Ø R THRU(ON Ø N BOLTHOLE CIRCLE)
CUSTOMERMOUNTING
4X U THREAD(ON Ø S BOLT HOLE CIRCLE)CUSTOMER MOUNTING
LOCATION MARK
G
F
AE
B
K
Ø J
Ø S
C
B
A
A
SERIES RIROTARY PORTINTERFACE6X D PORT
Ø M THRU
C
Ø N
4X 45°
A
KITS INCLUDE:1 PORTING PLATE, 2 LOCATING RINGS,4 FASTENERS, REQUIRED O-RINGS
PORTING PLATEThis accessory provides a convenient conversion from the
manifold output hub interface to a threaded port interface. It allowsthe use of the manifold hub feature of the Series RI Rotary Actuator,without the need to drill communication holes through the attachedtooling. It also allows the plumbing of secondary actuators using thefittings and tubing of your choice.
The Porting Plate is made from 6061-T6 aluminum and ismachined on all sides insuring flat and parallel mounting surfaces.Four drilled and tapped holes are provided to attach your tooling.Location accuracy is maintained through the use of locating ringsand dowel pin holes.
The Porting Plate also features numbered ports correspondingto the rotary actuator input ports. A location mark keeps proper portalignment simple during assembly.
3D-17
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/riCAT-03
ACCESSORIES: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATOR
LOCATION RINGSThese accessories provide accurate body and hub positioning.
The location sleeve fits into either the top or bottom H7 tolerancecounter bore holes on the PHD Series RI body or hub. They providedowel pin accuracy without requiring the additional space for adowel. Location rings allow either through bolt or tapped bodymounting to be used. The mounting bolt is placed through thelocation ring, simultaneously securing and locating the mating parts.
The body locating ring kit consist of two hardened and groundsteel sleeves sized to press into the H7 tolerance counter boredholes on either the top or bottom of the Series RIS body.
The hub locating ring kit consists of two hardened and groundsteel sleeves, sized to press into the hub counter bores located onthe top of the Series RI hub.
MANIFOLD O-RING SEAL KITThis accessory provides the necessary O-rings to fit the
manifold hub of the Series RI Rotary Actuator. This allows the rotaryactuator to easily interface to customer supplied tooling. TheO-rings are 70 durometer, Buna-N rubber.
.236[6.0].236[6.0].349[8.9]
A2.953[75.0]3.937
[100.0]4.528
[115.0]
C TOL.1.378[35.0]1.811[46.0]2.283[58.0]
ERIxx125RIxx525RIxx132RIxx532RIxx150RIxx550
UNITSIZE
.472[12.0].472
[12.0].709
[18.0]
Ø CLETTER DIMENSION
B.236[6.0].315[8.0].394
[10.0]
Ø F
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].NOTE: LOCATING RINGS ARE TO BE PRESSED INTO BODY AND PINION
+.0002/-.0005+[.005]/-[.013]+.0002/-.0005+[.005]/-[.013]-.0002/-.0006-[.005]/-[.015]
D.118[3.0].079[2.0].276[7.0]
+.0001/-.0007+[.003]/-[.018]+.0001/-.0007+[.003]/-[.018]+.0001/-.0007+[.003]/-[.018]
F TOL.
692106921069212
RIxxx25RIxxx32RIxxx50
BODY LOCATING RINGKIT NO.
BODY LOCATING RING KITS INCLUDE2 LOCATING RINGS
692166921769219
RIxxx25RIxxx32RIxxx50
PINION LOCATING RINGKIT NO.
PINION LOCATING RING KITS INCLUDE2 LOCATING RINGS
UNITSIZE
UNITSIZE
21
38
6
7
5
4
56
47
1
8
2
3
BODY LOCATING RING KIT
2X B
PINION LOCATING RING KIT
EA
D
4X C
2X F
A
BODY LOCATING RING KIT
2X G PINIONLOCATING RING I.D.
4X H BODYLOCATING RING I.D.
.197[5.0].236[6.0].315[8.0]
Ø G.354[9.0].354[9.0].591
[15.0]
Ø H
MANIFOLD O-RING SEAL KIT SPECIFICATIONS
UNITSIZE
RIxx25RIxx32RIxx50
NUMBER OFO-RINGS
IN KITO-RING
SIZE101010
O-RINGMANIFOLD
KIT NO.692026920369205
2 mm I.D. x 1 mm C.S.3 mm I.D. x 1 mm C.S.
4 mm I.D. x 1.5 mm C.S.
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
3D-18
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ri CAT-03
ACCESSORIES: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATORT-NUTS
T-nuts allow the rotary actuator to be mounted from the side ofthe unit. T-nuts can be positioned at any point along the t-slotgrooves which are 90° to the pinion hub.
Sizes 32 & 50SLOT DIMENSION
A.177[4.5].240[6.1].240[6.1]
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].-xx = -00 INDICATES STANDARD PLATING -03 INDICATES -Z1 PLATING
B.315[8.0].472
[12.0].472
[12.0]
C.079[2.0].088[2.2].088[2.2]
D.138[3.5].157[4.0].157[4.0]
E——
.216[5.5].216[5.5]
UNITSIZE
RIxx125RIxx525RIxx132RIxx532RIxx150RIxx550
H.252[6.4].137[3.5].137[3.5]
G——
.050[1.3].050[1.3]
KM3 x 0.5
M4 x 0.7
M4 x 0.7
J.217[5.5].472
[12.0].472
[12.0]
NUT DIMENSIONSF
.095[2.4].374[9.5].374[9.5]
NUTPART NO.
3204-022
63759-xx
63759-xx
L.472
[12.0].669
[17.0].669
[17.0]
M.630
[16.0].787
[20.0].984
[25.0]
SLOT DIMENSIONSTYPICAL BOTH SIDES (POSITION 1 & 3)
NUT DIMENSIONSK THREAD
J
H
K THREAD
J
M
2X A
4X C
2X B
2X D
F F
H
GE
INSERT NUTS ON THIS ENDOF UNIT, EITHER SIDE.
LNON-USABLE
SLOT LENGTH
Size 25
LATHE LOADER CAM SHAFT FINISHING PROCESSAPPLICATION EXAMPLES
In this application, a combination of a slide, two grippers, anda rotary actuator load and unload parts from a lathe. One Series190 Gripper grasps a blank part on a holding rack while anotherSeries 190 Gripper grasps a finished part in the lathe. A Series SKSlide extends out, and the finished part is removed from the lathewhile the blank part is removed from the holding rack. A Series RIRotary Actuator then rotates clockwise. The slide retracts, the blankpart is loaded into the lathe, and the finished part is released into aholding bin. The Series RI Rotary Actuator is beneficial for thisapplication due to its high torque output and the capability ofrouting airlines and switch cables through the pinion. This featureeliminates any external airlines, which could wear or sever causingcatastrophic damage.
In this application, two grippers are combined with a Series RIRotary Actuator to load and unload cam shafts into a grindingmachine for finishing. First a Series SK Slide, mounted to a gantry,will provide the reaching motion as a Series5300 Gripper picks up the unfinished camshaft. The Series RI Rotary Actuatorrotates the grasped cam to the topposition. The gantry then cycles backto the grinding machine, thesecond gripper is extended downinto the machine to pick up thefinished cam shaft, the slideretracts, the rotary actuatorrotates the grippers andshafts, and the unfinishedcam is loaded into themachine. Finally thefinished cam shaft is movedand placed in a completiontray on a conveyor. TheSeries RI Rotary Actuator isideal for this applicationdue to its high torqueoutput and the capability ofrouting airlines and switchcables through the pinion.
3D-19
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/riCAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATOR SELECTION: SERIES RI
SIZING AN RI UNIT WITHANGLE ADJUSTMENTS
STEP 1Determine Rotational Mass Moment of Inertia (Jm)Select the illustration from the application types on page3D-22 that most resembles your specific application. Severalseparate calculations may be necessary to fully describe yourapplication. Using the appropriate application equation,calculate the mass moment of inertia for the type of conditionillustrated. The total mass moment of inertia is the sum of theindividual calculations.
STEP 2Determine Necessary Acceleration (αs)This equation calculates the acceleration required to move thedesired rotation in the desired time. The solution is given inradians/sec2.
STEP 3Calculate the Required Starting Torque (TA)Select the illustration from the application types on page3D-22 that most resembles your specific application.Several separate calculations may be necessary to fully describeyour application. Using the appropriate application equation,calculate the torque for each for each type of conditionillustrated that matches your application. The total torque willbe the sum of the individual calculations. Note: Torquecalculations are theoretical, an appropriate safety factorshould be considered. PHD recommends a minimum safetyfactor of 2 to account for friction loss, airline and valve size,and attached accessories.
STEP 4Calculate the Peak Velocity (ω)This formula estimates the peak velocity of the Series RIx inoperation, and is used to determine the stopping capacity ofthe rotary actuator. The solution is given in radians/sec.
STEP 5Compare Peak Velocity (ω) to Allowable ImpactCompare your peak velocity to the maximum allowablevelocity for the given Mass Moment of Inertia (Jm) of yourapplication. The chart is labeled Shock Pad EnergyCapacity. The charts represent the total amount of energy thatis able to be absorbed and provide acceptable motion of theactuator. Acceptable motion is defined as a maximum of onedegree of motion reversal when the load comes to end ofstroke. Note: You may run slightly higher velocities and loadsthan these charts provide and not damage the unit; however,you may find the motion profile unacceptable. Please contactPHD if you are considering using the Series RIx actuatoroutside of the recommended energy range and shockabsorbers are not a desired option. If the shock pad does notprovide enough stopping capacity for your application,go tothe next sizing section titled “Sizing a RIx Unit with Shocks.”
ALLO
WAB
LE IM
PACT
VEL
OCIT
Y (r
ad/s
ec)
ATTACHED LOAD, Jm (in-lb sec2) [Nms2]
0
1.0
0 0.5[.0565]
1.0[.113]
1.5[.170]
2.0[.226]
2.5[.283]
3.0[.339]
3.5[.396]
4.0[.452]
4.5[.508]
5.0[.565]
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
32 mm
25 mm 50 mm
SHOCK PAD ENERGY CAPACITY
(Time of Rotation in Seconds)2Acceleration (rad/sec2) = αS = .035 x Rotation Angle in Degrees
Starting Torque (in/lb) = TA, TAg
Balanced Load TA = Jm x αA x SFUnBalanced Load TAg = [(Jm x αA) + (Fg x k)] x SF
UNITSIZE
RISxx25RIDxx25RISxx32RIDxx32RISxx50RIDxx50
Peak Velocity (rad/sec)
.045 x Average Velocity
.026 x Average Velocity
.063 x Average Velocity
.028 x Average Velocity
.044 x Average Velocity
.054 x Average Velocity
Rotational Angle in DegreesTime of Rotation in Seconds
Average Velocity (deg/sec) =
3D-20
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ri CAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATOR SELECTION: SERIES RI
SIZING AN RI UNIT WITH SHOCKSSTEP 6
Compare Peak Velocity (ω) to Allowable ImpactCompare your peak velocity to the maximum allowablevelocity for the given Mass Moment of Inertia (Jm) of yourapplication. The chart is labeled Shock EnergyCapacity. The charts represent the total amount of energy thatis able to be absorbed and provide acceptable motion of theactuator. Acceptable motion is defined as a maximum of onedegree of motion reversal when the load comes to end ofstroke. Note: You may run slightly higher velocities and loadsthan these charts provide and not damage the unit; however,you may find the motion profile unacceptable. Please contactPHD if you are considering using the Series RIxxx actuatoroutside of the recommended energy range.
STEP 7Calculate the Kinetic Energy (Ke)This formula calculates the kinetic energy of your application.This value will be used to calculate the actual total energy to becompared to the maximum allowable total energy.
STEP 8Calculate the Propelling Energy (Pe)These formulas calculate the additional amount of energy thatthe shock will experience due to the piston force of the actuator.
STEP 9Calculate the Total Energy (Et)This formula sums all of the energies that the shock will experience.
STEP 10Compare the Total Energy (Et) to the Maximum Total Energy (Em)and also Acceptable Motion (Ea)If Acceptable Motion is desired as defined in STEP 6, the totalenergy should be less than both of the charted values givenbelow. If some additional bounce is acceptable, (Et) can be upto the same value as (Em). If not, go to a larger actuator orcontact PHD for application assistance.
STEP 11Calculate Energy per Hour (Eh)Compare your applications energy per hour requirementagainst the charted maximum.
SHOCK ENERGY CAPACITY
Kinetic Energy (in/lb [Nm]) = Ke = 1/2 Jm ω2
UNITSIZE
RISxx25RIDxx25RISxx32RIDxx32RISxx50RIDxx50
in/lb.1902 x psi.3804 x psi.935 x psi1.621 x psi2.283 x psi5.539 x psi
Pe = Propelling EnergyNm
.3116 x bar
.6233 x bar1.5321 x bar2.6556 x bar3.7411 x bar9.0768 x bar
Total Energy Et (in/lb [Nm]) = Ke + Pe
Energy/Hour (in/lb [Nm]) = Cycles/Hour x Et
VELO
CITY
(rad
/sec
)
Moment of Inertia (in-lb sec2) [Nms2]
0
5.0
0 0.5[.057]
1.0[.113]
1.5[.170]
2.0[.226]
2.5[.283]
3.0[.339]
10.0
15.0
20.0
25.0
30.0 RISx25 and RIDx25
VELO
CITY
(rad
/sec
)
Moment of Inertia (in-lb sec2) [Nms2]
0
5.0
0 0.5[.057]
1.0[.113]
1.5[.170]
2.0[.226]
2.5[.283]
3.0[.339]
10.0
30.0
40.0
50.0 RISx32 and RIx32
3.5[.395]
4.0[.452]
4.5[.508]
5.0[.565]
15.0
20.0
25.0
35.0
45.0
VELO
CITY
(rad
/sec
)
Moment of Inertia (in-lb sec2) [Nms2]
0
5.0
0 1.0[.113]
2.0[.226]
3.0[.339]
10.0
30.0 RISx50 and RIDx50
4.0[.452]
5.0[.565]
15.0
20.0
25.0
6.0[.678]
7.0[.791]
RIDx50
RISx50
RIDx32
RISx32
RIDx32
RISx32
MAX ALLOWABLE CHART (Em)
ACCEPTABLE MOTION CHART (Ea)
UNITSIZE
RISxx25RIDxx25RISxx32RIDxx32RISxx50RIDxx50
in-lb7575
225255225
1860
Energy/Hour
300,000300,000400,000400,000400,000600,000
Nm8.58.5
25.425.425.4
210.2
Ke*in-lb/Hr
33,89033,89045,19045,19045,19067,791
Nm/Hr
UNITSIZE
RISxx25RIDxx25RISxx32RIDxx32RISxx50RIDxx50
in-lb64.475.0
155.0205.0225.0663.7
Velocityrad/sec
27.515.747.120.928.819.6
Nm7.38.5
17.523.225.475.0
Ke*
*Acceptable motion is defined as a maximum of one degree of motionreversal when the load comes to end of stroke.
3D-21
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/riCAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATOR SELECTION: SERIES RI
DETERMINING ALLOWABLE ATTACHEDLOAD WEIGHT
Following are the steps required to determine the allowableattached load weight on the Series RIx rotary actuator. You will needto know the weight of the attached load, the orientation of the rotary,and the center of gravity distance of the load from the hub face.Please refer to the supplied formulas to determine each of theallowable conditions.
STEP 12Determine Allowable Attached Load Weight (Lf)The next step in determining the proper Series RIxactuator size is to determine the bearing capacity of theunit according to your application requirements.
STEP 13Calculate Maximum Actuator Radial Loading (Lm)This formula calculates the maximum radial loading allowed forthe Series RI actuator based on 5,000,000 cycles and the axialload (La) that you are placing on the bearings. Note: Center ofGravity distance is different depending on if the unit ishorizontal or vertical. In horizontal applications, (Cg) is thedistance from the mounting face of the hub to the (Cg) of theload. In vertical applications, (Cg) is the distance from thecenterline of the hub to (Cg) of the load.
STEP 15Calculate the Deceleration (αd)This formula calculates the deceleration of the unit based onthe peak velocity of the individual actuator. The solution isgiven in radians/sec2
STEP 16Calculate Stopping Torque (Td)This is the kinetic energy used to stop a rotary load to yourapplication conditions. This formula is one of the componentsrequired when comparing reaction forces on the bearing. Usingthe identical illustrations and formulas on pages 3D-21 and 3D-22used when calculating the required starting torque, replace theacceleration value with the deceleration value. This is thereaction torque required to stop the load. PHD recommends asafety factor of 1 to 1.25.
STEP 17Calculate Radial Bearing Load At Stopping (LS)This formula converts the sum torque’s of the propelling torqueand stopping torque into the reaction force on the twobearings.
STEP 18Calculate Max. Fixed Radial Load (Lf)This formula will produce the maximum radial load weight thatcan be safely attached to the rotary actuator, given the axialload weight and (Cg) distance of your application.
STEP 19Compare (Lf) to Actual Load Affixed to Actuator (Lr)Compare the (Lf) value to the weight of the attached load. If theattached load is less than the (Lf) value, the actuator is correctfor your application. If the attached load is greater than the (Lf)value, go to the next size actuator and rerun the abovecalculations until the (Lf) value is greater than the attachedload weight.
La = Axial Load Weight (lb)
Horizontal Orientation (in)(Cg) = Distance from Face of Hub to
Center of Gravity of Load
Vertical Orientation (in)(Cg) = Distance from Centerline of Hub
to Center of Gravity of Load
Max Actuator Radial Loading (Lm)
Cg
Cg
IMPERIAL METRIC
-1.4175 (La) + 1106.861.933 + Cg
Lm =
-1.8138 (La) + 3015.572.5 + Cg
Lm =
-2.699 (La) + 6573.923.553 + Cg
Lm =
-36.0024 (La) + 125042.449.1 + Cg
Lm =
-46.0702 (La) + 340706.263.5 + Cg
Lm =
-68.5696 (La) + 74265690.25 + Cg
Lm =
UNITSIZE
RIxxx25
RIxxx32
RIxxx50
UNITSIZE
RISxx25RIDxx25RISxx32RIDxx32RISxx50RIDxx50
in-lb.369 x psi.737 x psi.727 x psi1.454 x psi2.378 x psi4.755 x psi
Propelling Torque (Tp)Nm
.6047 x bar1.2077 x bar1.1913 x bar2.3827 x bar3.8969 x bar7.7921 x bar
UNITSIZE
RIxxx25RIxxx32RIxxx50
lb(Tp + Td)/.96875(Tp + Td)/1.1667(Tp + Td)/1.5625
Radial Bearing Load at Stopping (LS)N
(Tp + Td)/.0246(Tp + Td)/.0296(Tp + Td)/.0399
Max Fixed Radial Load (Lf) = Lm - Ls
Lr = Weight of Attached Load
UNIT SIZERIxxx25RISxx32RIDxx32RISxx50RIDxx50
αd = Deceleration (rad/sec2)ω2/1.032ω2/2.571ω2/2.229ω2/1.920ω2/2.330
STEP 14Calculate Propelling Torque (Tp)This formula is one of the components required whencomparing reactionforces on thebearing. You mayuse the formula orsimply look up thetorque produced bythe rotary actuator ata specified pressure.
Stopping Torque (in/lb) = TA, TAg
Balanced Load TA = Jm x αd x SFUnbalanced Load TAg = [(Jm x αd) + (Fg x k)] x SF
3D-22
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ri CAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATOR SELECTION: SERIES RI
Jm = x k2Fg
g
Jm = x12
Fg
ga2 + 3k2
( ) ( )Fg1
gJm = x (4a2 + 3k2)
12+ xFg2
g(4b2 + 3k2)
12
b-a2
Tg = [(Jm x α) + (Fg x k)] x SFT = Jm x α x SF
( )k2Jm = +L2
3Fg
gxx 1
4
k dim isradiusof rod
347
8
k
L
k k
a
b
c
Fg2
a Fg1
b
k dim isradiusof rod
a Fg1
Fg2
b
Tg = [(Jm x α) + [(Fg2 - Fg1) x (a + ( ))]] x SF
kFg
DiskEnd mounted on center
DiskMounted on center
Rectangular PlateMounted on center
Rectangular PlateMounted off center
Solid SphereMounted on center
RodMounted on center
RodMounted off center
Jm = x 4a2 + c2
12+ x 4b2 + c2
12Fg1
gFg2
g
Jm = x x k225
Fg
g
Point Load
LOAD ORIENTATION
Tg = Rotating Vertically(with gravity)
T = Rotating Horizontally(without gravity)
UNBALANCED LOADS
T = Jm x α x SF
UNBALANCED LOADS
Jm = x k2
2Fg
g
a2 + b2
12Jm = xFg
g
a
IMPERIAL UNITS:Jm = Rotational Mass Moment of Inertia (in-lb-sec2) (Dependent on physical size of object and weight)g = Gravitational Constant = 386.4 in/sec2 Fg = Weight of Load (lb) k = Radius of Gyration (in)T = Torque required to rotate load (in-lbs) α = Acceleration (rad/sec2) t = time (sec)SF = Safety Factor
METRIC UNITS:Jm = Rotational Mass Moment of Inertia (N-m-sec2) (Dependent on physical size of object and weight)g = Gravitational Constant = 9.81 m/sec2 Fg = Weight of Load (N) k = Radius of Gyration (m)T = Torque required to rotate load (N-m) α = Acceleration (rad/sec2) t = time (sec)M = Mass = Fg / g (kg) SF = Safety Factor
BALANCED LOADST = Jm x α x SF
3D-23
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/riCAT-03
SIZING EXAMPLE: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATOR
APPLICATION INFORMATION - EXAMPLE 1Weight = 32.2 lbRotation Angle = 180°Pressure = 87 psiOrientation = HorizontalCenter of Gravity Distance = 2"Desired Cycle Rate = .75 secSafety Factor: Acceleration = 2
Deceleration = 1Axial Load = ØRadial Load (Lr) = 32.2 lbCycles per Minute = 40
EXAMPLE 1Determine Required Starting Torque for Application
STEP 1 Determine (Jm)
STEP 2 Determine (αA)
STEP 3 Starting Torque
RISxx25 WILL PRODUCE SUFFICIENT TORQUE
Check for Stopping Capacity
STEP 4 Calculate Peak Velocity (ω) RISxx25
STEP 5 Compare to Graph (refer to pg.3D-19)SHOCK PAD WILL NOT PERFORM AS DESIRED
This velocity is greater than the shockpad allows, go to the section labeled
“Sizing an RIx Unit with Shocks”
STEP 6 Compare Peak Velocity to Allowable Impact Velocity for a given (Jm) Load using Shock Absorbers
Compare to graph on page 3D-20.RISx is acceptable for this application.
STEP 7 Calculate Kinetic Energy (Ke)
gJm =
2x =
386.4 2x
Jm = .0833 x 4.5 = .375 in-lb-sec2
αA = .035(.75)2 = 11.2 rad/sec2
T = Jm x αA x SF
T = .375 x 11.2 x 2 = 8.4 in-lb
αA = .035Time of Rotation
in Seconds2
Fg k2 32.2 32
180
Angle Rotationin Degrees
ω = .045 x.75
= 10.8 rad/sec
Ke = 1/2 x Jm x ω2
Ke = 1/2 x (.375) x (10.8)2 = 21.87 in-lb
180ω = .045 x Average Velocity (refer to chart pg. 19)
STEP 8 Calculate Propelling Energy (Pe)
STEP 9 Calculate Total Energy (Et)
STEP 10 Compare Maximum Total Energy (Em) to Total Energy (Et) and Acceptable Motion Energy to Total Energy
SHOCKS WILL PERFORM AS DESIRED
STEP 11 Calculate Energy per Hour (Eh)
STEP 12 Calculate Allowable Attached Load WeightAxial Load from Application = La
RISx25 = .1902 x psiPe = .1902 x 87 = 16.55 in-lb
Et = Ke + Pe
Et = 21.87 + 16.55 = 38.42 in-lb
Em ≥ Et 75 ≥ 38.42
Ea ≥ Et 64.4 ≥ 38.42
Cycles/Hr = Cycles/min x 60Cycles/Hr = 40 x 60 = 2400
La = Ø
Eh = 2400 x 38.42 in-lb = 92,208 in-lb/hr
300,000 ≥ 92,208
k
4.00
6 Ø
k
STEP 13 Calculate Max Actuator Radial Loading (Lm)Determine Cg Distance = 2"
STEP 14 Calculate Propelling Torque (Tp)
STEP 15 Calculate Deceleration (αd)
Tp = .369 x 87 psi = 32.103 in-lb
αd = ω2/1.032
Tp = .369 x psi
αd = (10.8)2/1.032
αd = 113.0 rad/sec2
1.933 + CgLm =
Lm = 281.43 lb
-1.4175 (La) + 1106.86
3D-24
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ri CAT-03
STEP 18 Calculate Max Fix Radial Load (Lf)
STEP 19 Compare Max Fix Radial Load (Lf) to Actual Load Affixed to Actuator (Lr)
Check for Stopping Capacity
STEP 4 Calculate Peak Velocity (ω)
RIDxx32
STEP 5 Compare Peak Velocity to Allowable Impact Graph(pg. 3D-19)
This velocity is in the range of shock padsbut not with the attached load Jm of 6.055
it is closer to handling .25 in-lbs2, go to“Sizing an RIxx Unit with Shocks”
STEP 6 Compare Peak Velocity to Allowable Impact Velocity for a given (Jm) Load using Shock Absorbers
Compare to graph on page 20.RIDxx32 is acceptable for this application.
STEP 7 Calculate Kinetic Energy (Ke)
EXAMPLE 1 CONT.
STEP 16 Calculate Stopping Torque (Td) (from STEP 7pg. 3D-20)
Ls = (Tp + Td)/.96875Ls = (32.103 + 42.38)/.96875
Ls = 76.88 lb
STEP 17 Calculate Radial Bearing Load at Stopping (Ls) (from chart pg. 3D-21)
Lf = Lm - Ls
Lf = 281.43 - 76.88Lf = 204.54
Lf ≥ Lr
204.54 ≥ 32.2 lbRISxx25 FITS THIS APPLICATION
APPLICATION INFORMATION - EXAMPLE 2Weight = 15 lb mounting plate & two - 8 lb grippersRotation Angle = 180°Pressure = 65 psiOrientation = VerticalCenter of Gravity Distance = 10"Desired Cycle Rate = 1.25 secSafety Factor: Acceleration = 2 Deceleration = 1Cycles per Minute = 20 cyc/min = 1200 cyc/hrAxial Load (La) = 31 lbRadial Load (Lr) = Ø
SIZING EXAMPLE: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATOR
EXAMPLE 2
Determine Required Starting Torque for Application
STEP 1 Determine (Jm)for Mounting Plate
Jm for 2 Point Loads (Gripper)
STEP 2 Determine (αA)
STEP 3 Starting Torque
RIDxx32 WILL PRODUCE SUFFICIENT TORQUE
gJm = x
12
Jm =386.4
x12
Jm = .0388198 x 49.333
Jm = 1.9151 in-lb-sec2
gJm = x k2
386.4x 102 = 2.0704 in-lb-sec2
Total Jm = 1.9151 + 2(2.0704)
Jm = 6.056 in-lb-sec2
αA = .035(1.25)2 = 4.032 rad/sec2
Fg a2 + b2
15 (24)2 + (4)2
Fg
8
180
TA = Jm x αA x SF
TA = 6.056 x 4.032 x 2
TA = 48.836 in-lb
ω = .028 x1.25
= 4.032 rad/sec
ω = .028 x Average Velocity180
Ke = 1/2 x Jm x ω2
Ke = 1/2 (6.056) x (4.032)2 = 49.225 in-lb
10"
4"
24"
gripper
gripper
mountingplate
Td = .375 x 113.0 x 1 = 42.375Td = Jm x αd x SF
Td = 42.375
3D-25
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/riCAT-03
STEP 12 Calculate Allowable Attached Load WeightAxial Load Weight = 31 lb = (La)
STEP 13 Calculate Max Actuator Radial Loading (Lm)Determine Cg Distance = 10"
STEP 14 Calculate Propelling Torque (Tp) (refer to chartpg. 3D-20)
RIDx32 =Tp = 1.454 x psi
Tp = 1.454 x 65 psi = 94.51 in-lb
STEP 15 Calculate Deceleration (αd)
STEP 16 Calculate Stopping Torque (Td) (from STEP 7pg. 3D-20)
Td = 6.056 x 7.29 x 1Td = 44.15 in-lb
STEP 17 Calculate Radial Bearing Load at Stopping (Ls) (refer to chart pg. 3D-21)
Ls = (Tp + Td)/1.1667
Ls = 138.7/1.1667
Ls = 118.8 lb
STEP 18 Calculate Max Fix Radial Load (Lf)
Lf = Lm - Ls
Lf = 236.75 - 118.8
Lf = 117.95 lb
STEP 19 Compare Max Fix Radial Load (Lf) to Actual Load Affixed t to Actuator (Lr)
Lf ≥ Lr
117.95 lb ≥ 31 lb
RIDxx32 FITS THIS APPLICATION
SIZING EXAMPLE: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATOR
EXAMPLE 2 CONT.
STEP 8 Calculate Propelling Energy (Pe)
STEP 9 Calculate Total Energy (Et)
STEP 10 Compare Maximum Total Energy (Em) to Total Energy (Et)
SHOCK WILL PERFORM AS DESIRED
STEP 11 Calculate Energy per Hour (Eh)
RIDx32 = 1.621 x psiPe = 1.621 x (65 psi) = 105.37 in-lb
Et = Ke + Pe
Et = 49.225 + 105.37 = 154.6 in-lb
Em ≥ Et 225 ≥ 154.6Ea ≥ Et 225 ≥ 154.6
Cycles/Hr = Cycles/min x 60Cycles/Hr = 40 x 60 = 2400
Eh = 2400 x 154.6 in-lb = 371,040 in-lb/Hr
371,040 ≤ 400,000
Lm = = 236.75 lb2.5 + 10
2.5 + CgLm = -1.8138 (La) + 3015.57
-1.8138 (31) + 3015.57
αd = ω2/2.229αd = (4.032)2/2.229
αd = 7.29 rad/sec2
3D-26
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/ri CAT-03
APPLICATION EXAMPLE: SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATOR
LATHE LOADER
CAM SHAFT FINISHING PROCESS
In this application, a combination of a slide, 2 grippers, and arotary actuator load and unload parts from a lathe. One Series 190Gripper grasps a blank part on a holding rack while another Series190 Gripper grasps a finished part in the lathe. A Series SK Slideextends out, and the finished part is removed from the lathe whilethe blank part is removed from the holding rack. A Series RI RotaryActuator then rotates clockwise. The slide retracts, the blank part isloaded into the lathe, and the finished part is released into a holdingbin. The Series RI Rotary Actuator is beneficial for this applicationbecause of its integral airlines. This feature eliminates any externalairlines, which could wear or sever causing catastrophic damage.
In this application, two grippers are combined with a Series RIRotary Actuator to load and unload cam shafts into a grindingmachine for finishing. First a Series SK Slide, mounted to a gantry,will provide the reaching motion as a Series 5300 Gripper picks upthe unfinished cam shaft. The Series RI Rotary Actuator rotates thegrasped cam to the top position. The gantry then cycles back to thegrinding machine, the second gripper is extended down into themachine to pick up the finished cam shaft, the slide retracts, therotary actuator rotates the grippers and shafts, and the unfinishedcam is loaded into the machine. Finally the finished cam shaft ismoved and placed in a completion tray on a conveyor. The Series RIRotary Actuator is ideal for this application due to the integral airlines which eliminate the flexing and twisting of external lines. Ifcrimped, cut, or pulled loose it could result in the dropping of thepart into a valuable grinding machine.
3D-27
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rfCAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATORSSERIES RF
INDEX:Ordering Data
Page 3D-28
BenefitsPage 3D-29
DimensionsPages 3D-30 and 3D-31
Engineering DataPage 3D-32
OptionsPages 3D-33 and 3D-34
AccessoriesPages 3D-35 and 3D-36
Rotary ActuatorSelection
Pages 3D-37 to 3D-40
Sizing ExamplePages 3D-41 to 3D-43
Low Profile Design Provides High Torque
NEW!NEW!
3D-28
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rf CAT-03
ORDERING DATA: SERIES RF ROTARY ACTUATOR
CUST
OM R
OTAR
Y AC
TUAT
ORS
ARE
AVAI
LABL
E. P
LEAS
E CO
NSUL
T PH
D.
!Op
tions
may
affe
ct u
nit l
engt
h.Se
e un
it di
men
sion
and
opt
ions
page
s fo
r add
ers.
TO O
RDER
SPE
CIFY
:Pr
oduc
t, Se
ries,
Typ
e, D
esig
n No
.,Bo
re S
ize, R
otat
ion,
and
Opt
ions
.
NOTE
:1)
Switc
hes
and
switc
h ki
ts m
ust b
e or
dere
d se
para
tely.
1-
SF
RPROD
UCT
R - R
otar
y
SERI
ESF
- Low
Pro
file
DESI
GN N
O.1
- Im
peria
l5
- Met
ric
25PB
ABQ1
9-
ANGL
E AD
JUST
MEN
T(S
tand
ard)
AB -
Angl
e ad
just
men
t with
sho
ck p
adin
stal
led
both
end
sTh
is o
ptio
n m
ust b
e or
dere
d w
ith th
e un
it.
OPTI
ONS
Q19
- Hol
low
Pin
ion
BORE
SIZE
14 m
m20
mm
25 m
m
180
x
ROTA
TION
180°
-
TYPE
S - P
neum
atic
ROTA
TION
SPE
ED C
ONTR
OL V
ALVE
PB -
Rota
tiona
l Spe
ed C
ontro
ls b
oth
dire
ctio
nsPC
-Ro
tatio
nal S
peed
Con
trols
cou
nter
cloc
kwis
ePW
- Ro
tatio
nal S
peed
Con
trols
clo
ckw
ise
RFSx
14RF
Sx20
RFSx
25
6970
069
700
6970
2
KIT
NO.
UNIT
PROX
IMIT
Y SW
ITCH
KIT
S
NOTE
:One
Rot
atio
nal S
peed
Con
trol f
ittin
g pe
r kit.
6894
6-01
6894
7-01
6894
6-03
6894
7-03
RFSx
14RF
Sx20
RFSx
25
UNIT
IMPE
RIAL
NO.
M
ETRI
C NO
.RO
TATI
ON S
PEED
CON
TROL
REP
LACE
MEN
T KI
TS
5580
3-1-
0255
804-
1-02
5582
3-1
5582
4-1
NPN
4.5
- 24
VDC
with
2 m
eter
cab
lePN
P 4.
5 - 2
4 VD
C w
ith 2
met
er c
able
NPN
4.5
- 24
VDC
with
Qui
ck C
onne
ctPN
P 4.
5 - 2
4 VD
C w
ith Q
uick
Con
nect
DESC
RIPT
ION
PART
NO.
SERI
ES 5
580
HALL
EFF
ECT
SWIT
CHES
5580
2-1-
0255
822-
1NP
N or
PNP
4.5
- 24
VDC
with
2 m
eter
cab
leNP
N or
PNP
4.5
- 24
VDC
with
Qui
ck C
onne
ct
DESC
RIPT
ION
PART
NO.
SERI
ES 5
580
REED
SW
ITCH
ES
1843
1-00
1-02
1843
1-00
2-02
NPN
10 -
30 V
DC w
ith 2
met
er c
able
PNP
10 -
30 V
DC w
ith 2
met
er c
able
DESC
RIPT
ION
PART
NO.
6mm
SQU
ARE
INDU
CTIV
E PR
OXIM
ITY
SWIT
CHES
1753
3-00
-02
1753
3-00
-05
2 m
eter
cab
le5
met
er c
able
LENG
THPA
RT N
O.
CORD
SETS
WIT
H QU
ICK
CONN
ECT
CUSTOM
PR
OD
UCTS
FIT
TO
NEED
CUSTOM
PR
OD
UCTS
FIT
TO
NEED
3D-29
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rfCAT-03
BENEFITS■ Series RF Rotary Actuators feature a low profile body design
with a large output mounting hub to cover a wide range ofapplications.
■ Available in three sizes with a standard rotation of 180° andtorque ranging from 7 to 67 in-lb at 100 psi [0.8 to 7.7 Nmat 7 bar].
■ The Series RF rack and pinion design features high tensilesteel racks and a one-piece pinion/output hub providingdurability and long life.
■ Zero backlash at ends of rotation for precise rotary positioning.
■ Appropriate PHD Series SHP Slides and Series GRT Grippersbolt directly to the Series RF output hub.
■ All units feature built-in standard angle adjustments and areinfinitely adjustable from 0 - 180° of rotation.
■ Standard internal urethane shock pads provide quiet operationand end of stroke deceleration with precise repeatabilityprovided by a hard stop .
■ Standard through mounting holes in the body are threaded toprovide versatility and ease of mounting of the actuator.
■ Available in imperial and metric versions for flexibility ofdesign for a world market.
BENEFITS: SERIES RF ROTARY ACTUATOR
SPECIFICATIONS SERIES RFPISTON SEALS Block VeePISTON One Piece with RackPINION SHAFTS One Piece Alloy Steel with Integral Output HubRACKS Alloy SteelEND CAPS Clear Anodized AluminumBODY Hard Coated AluminumBEARINGS Radial Ball BearingPORTS NPT [BSPP]BREAKAWAY PRESSURE Under 15 psi [1 bar]LUBRICATION Permanent for Non-Lube AirWORKING PRESSURE 100 psi [7 bar] MaximumSTANDARD ROTATIONS Fully Adjustable (0 to 180°)BACKLASH No Backlash at End of RotationLIFE Designed for 5 Million Trouble-Free CyclesOPERATING TEMPERATURE -20° to 160°F [-28.9° to 71.1°C]
THEORETICAL TORQUEin-lb/psi [Nm/bar]
RFSx14RFSx20RFSx25
[.11][.40][1.09]
.07
.24
.67
UNIT SIZE
■ Optional switch kits allow the use of either PHD Series 5580switches or Series 18431 6 mm square inductive proximityswitches for easy interfacing to electrical controls.
■ Optional port flow controls provide accurate control ofrotation speed.
One Piece Piston and Rack
Direct Mounting forPHD Series GRT
Grippers and SeriesSHP Slides
One Piece Pinionand Output Hub
Angle Adjustment withIntegral Shock Pad
(as Standard)
Double Rackand Pinion Drive
SealedRadial Bearing
Switch Slot
Switch Target Groove
3D-30
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rf CAT-03
DIMENSIONS: SERIES RF ROTARY ACTUATOR, SIZE 14 & 20
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
1.713[43.5]2.598[66.0]
2.244[57.0]3.386[86.0]
D.546
[13.9].979
[24.9]
E1.059[26.9]1.418[36.0]
F.394
[10.0].551
[14.0]
G.669
[17.0].925
[23.5]
HARFS114RFS514RFS120RFS520
UNITSIZE
2
1
4
3
5
6
2.501[63.5]3.700[94.0]
B.473
[12.0].610
[15.5]
K1.417[36.0]2.126[54.0]
J.977
[24.8]1.320[33.5]
C.197[5.0].374[9.5]
L.303[7.7].433
[11.0]
M.606
[15.4].780
[19.8]
N10-32
[M5 x 0.8]10-32
[M5 x 0.8]
P1.772[45.0]2.756[70.0]
R.236[6.0].315[8.0]
S
#8[M4]#8
[M4]
U1.4940[37.9]2.106[53.5]
W1.7080[43.4]2.0960[53.2]
Y5-40
[M3 x 0.5]8-32
[M4 x 0.7]
Z60°
[60°]60°
[60°]
BB26°
[26°]26°
[26°]
DD5-40
[M3 x 0.5]5-40
[M3 x 0.5]
CC.1283[3.08].1283[4.09]
AARFS114RFS514RFS120RFS520
.1283[3.08].1908[4.09]
V
LETTER DIMENSION
LETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
UNITSIZE
NOTES:1) THRU HOLES IN THE HUB ARE CLEARANCE FOR SHCS MOUNTING OF THE UNIT FROM THE HUB SIDE2) NUMBERS IN CIRCLES INDICATE PORT POSITION3) OUTPUT HUB SHOWN AT MID-POSITION
1/4-20[M6 x 1.0]
1/4-20[M6 x 1.0]
T
J
2X T THD THRUC’BORE OPPOSITESIDE FOR U SHCS
2X Ø V ±.0005[±.013]
2X P PORT
3X Z THREAD THRUON W BOLT HOLE CIRCLE
2X Ø AA ±.0005 [±.013]THRU ON W BOLTHOLE CIRCLE
2X CC THREAD THRUON Y BOLT HOLECIRCLE
SEE NOTE 1
A
C
R
2X G
H
L
K
E2X
F
B
S2X
M
N
W
Y
DD2XBB2X
DØ
3D-31
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rfCAT-03
DIMENSIONS: SERIES RF ROTARY ACTUATOR, SIZE 25
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
4.252[108.0]
D E F G HARFS125RFS525
UNITSIZE
5.826[148.0]
1.728[43.9]
3.622[92.0]
1.137[28.9]
1.870[47.5]
.787[20.0]
1.220[31.0]
2.953[75.0]
.787[20.0]
.472[12.0]
.630[16.0]
1.260[32.0]
1/8 NPT[1/8 BSPP]
2.500[63.5]
1.575[40.0]
1/4-20[M6 x 1.0]
B KJC L M N P R S
#10[M5]
U W Y Z BB DDCCAAV
LETTER DIMENSION
LETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
UNITSIZE
NOTES:1) THRU HOLES IN THE HUB ARE CLEARANCE FOR SHCS MOUNTING OF THE UNIT FROM THE HUB SIDE2) NUMBERS IN CIRCLES INDICATE PORT POSITION3) OUTPUT HUB SHOWN AT MID-POSITION
T
2
1
4
3
5
6
FFEE.2533[6.43]
3.110[79.0]
2.926[74.3]
1/4-20[M6 x 1.0]
.2533[5.09]
60°[60°]
6-32[M4 x 0.7]
20°[20°]
.433[11.0]
2.500[63.5]
4X THRU &C’BORE OPPOSITESIDE FOR U SHCS
2X Ø V ±.0005[±.013]
4X T THDx EE DP
R
2X E
F
2X S 3X FF A
H
B
2X G
Ø D
2X Ø AA ±.0005 [±.013]THRU ON W BOLTHOLE CIRCLE
SEE NOTE 1
2X CC THEAD THRUON Y BOLT HOLE CIRCLE
Y
3X Z THREAD THRUON W BOLTHOLE CIRCLE
J
W
2X DD2X BB
2X P PORT
C
L
K
M
N
RFS125RFS525
3D-32
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rf CAT-03
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES RF ROTARY ACTUATOR
PRESSURE AND BREAKAWAY RATINGSAll Series RF Rotary Actuators have a maximum pressure
rating of 100 psi [7 bar] with a 15 psi [1 bar] breakaway pressure.They are for pneumatic application only.
OPERATING TEMPERATURESStandard Series RF Rotary Actuators are recommended for use
in temperatures from -20° to +160°F [-28.9° to +71.1°C]. If a PHDsupplied external rotation speed control valve is used, thetemperature range is from 5° to 160°F [-15° to 71°C]. Consult PHDfor temperatures beyond this range.
LUBRICATIONAll units are permanently lubricated at assembly for service
using non-lubricated air. Life can be extended by periodic lubricationof the rack and pinion using high grade bearing grease and by usinglubricated air.
BACKLASHAll units have 0° of backlash at ends of rotation. For backlash
at mid-rotation see chart below.
ANGLE OF ROTATIONStandard angle of rotation is 180°. Consult PHD for rotation
requirements above 180°. All units are supplied with angleadjustment which provides 90° adjustment from each end.
ROTATIONAL ALLOWANCEThe rotational tolerance of the Series RF Rotary Actuator is +0°
to +3° on the nominal specified rotation.
ROTATION RATESThe speeds given in the chart below reflect one cycle of 180°
with no load applied at 80 psi [5.5 bar]. Times given are average andinclude the deceleration time through to stopping.
ROTATION SPEED CONTROLSControl of output hub speed is extremely important as kinetic
energy generated by a rotating load is a function of rotational speedand distance from the load to output hub center. Flow controlsshould be considered to set speed so that the energy is within thelimit of the unit. See page 3D-33 for information on Series RFRotary Actuator controls. See pages 3D-37 through 3D-40 forinformation on load stopping capacity.
SPECIFICATIONSTORQUE AT 87 psi [6 bar] PISTON DIAMETER PISTON AREA AIR VOLUME (2 x 180)
7.1725.0768.55
ccin3
0.441.534.18
UNIT SIZE142025
cm2
1.543.144.91
in2
0.2390.4870.761
mm142025
in0.5510.7870.984
0.72.46.5
Nmin-lb6.0521.1857.92
2.354.557.60
1.963.796.33
8.7216.8628.16
10.4520.2433.81
142025
BEARING LOADS TABLEMAXIMUM RADIAL
PAYLOAD ATMOUNTING SURFACE
MAXIMUMAXIAL
PAYLOADUNITSIZE NlbNlb
1.332.594.32
5.9211.5219.22
MAXIMUM COMBINEDRADIAL AND AXIAL
PAYLOADNlb
THEORETICAL TORQUE OUTPUTUNIT SIZE
RFSx14INPUT
PRESSUREpsi405060708090100
RFSx20 RFSx25Nm
3.013.764.515.276.026.777.52
in-lb26.633.339.946.653.359.966.6
Nm1.101.381.651.932.202.482.75
in-lb9.7
12.214.617.019.521.924.3
Nm0.310.390.470.550.630.710.79
in-lb2.83.54.24.95.66.37.0
bar2.73.44.14.85.56.26.8
WEIGHT TABLEACTUATOR WEIGHTUNIT
SIZE lb kg142025
0.621.883.43
.28
.851.56
MAXIMUMROTATION RATE TABLE
ROTATION RATES @ 80 PSIUNITSIZE 90°142025
0.240.260.23
0.350.430.37
(SECONDS)180°
BACKLASH AT MID-ROTATION± DegreesUNIT SIZE
142025
2.801.380.82
3D-33
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rfCAT-03
OPTIONS: SERIES RF ROTARY ACTUATOR
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
The PHD Series RF Rotary Actuators offer optional externalcompact flow control fittings for adjusting output hub rotationspeed. The speed of the hub is controlled by regulating the cylinderexhaust. The control fittings are unidirectional flow control valveswhere intake air flows freely through the flow control and exhaust ismetered out through an adjustment screw. Intake capacity is slightlygreater than the full open exhaust capacity, enabling maximumvariation of hub rotation speed.
The PHD Series RF flow control fittings are mounted directly tothe caps and provide an integral tube fitting connection. They alsoswivel 360° around the ports, providing easy installation of tubing.Rotational velocities are adjusted and maintained by the captivatedfine adjustment screw with a locking nut to ensure precise velocitycontrol and repeatability in output hub rotation speed.
PB ROTATION SPEED CONTROLBOTH DIRECTIONS
NOTE: Flow control fitting is effective between 15 to 100 psi[1.0 to 7.0 bar] and from 5° to 160°F [-15° to 71.1°C].
UNITSIZE
LETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
1 KIT REQUIRED PER END OF ADJUSTMENT DESIREDNOTE: ONE PORT CONTROL FITTING PER KIT
68946-0168946-03
RFSx14 and RFSx20RFSx25
UNIT SIZE
ROTATION SPEED CONTROLREPLACEMENT KIT NO.IMPERIAL METRIC
68947-0168947-03
RFS114RFS514RFS120RFS520RFS125RFS525
.156[4.0].156[4.0].250[6.4]
Ø F.394
[10.0].394
[10.0].650
[16.5]
E.035[0.9].156[4.0].109[2.8]
D.015[0.4].136[3.5].089[2.3]
C.827
[21.0]1.043[26.5]1.043[26.5]
B.984
[25.0].984
[25.0]1.614[41.0]
A.606
[15.4].780
[19.8]1.26
[32.0]
N.303[7.7].433
[11.0].630
[16.0]
M
Ø F TUBE SIZE
A
C
E SQ
N
M
DB
3D-34
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rf CAT-03
This option provides a hole through the standard output huband pinion shaft for feeding pneumatic or electrical lines from theback of the rotary actuator to the output hub. The hub has the samemounting as the standard unit. A port is provided on the bottom ofthe pinion shaft and an o-ring interface on the face of theoutput hub.
Q19 OUTPUT HUB WITHHOLLOW PINION(sizes 20 & 25 only)
OPTIONS: SERIES RF ROTARY ACTUATOR
The angle adjustment screw has a standard shock padproviding energy dissipation, accurate mechanical repeatability, andquiet actuator operation at end of rotation.
The standard rotation for Series RF is 180 degrees. Themechanical stop provides an adjustment range of 90 degrees fromeach end of rotation. The ability to adjust over this wide rangeeliminates the need to order special units with specific angles ofrotation.
AB ANGLE ADJUSTMENTS WITHSHOCK PAD INSTALLED BOTH ENDS(STANDARD)
See pages 3D-37 through 3D-40 for details on the stoppingcapacity of the installed angle adjustment with shock pad. Referencethe Angle Adjust Specifications Chart for nominal effective angle ofrotation in each direction.
The angle adjustment is factory installed and must remaininstalled prior to operation. Operation of units without an angleadjustment can damage the units and void any and all warranties.Only the PHD angle adjustment with integral shock pad should beused in Series RF Rotary Actuators. The use of any other angleadjustment screw will affect the actuator performance and lifeexpectancy.
ANGLE ADJUSTMENT SPECIFICATIONS
ANGLE ADJUSTMENTREPLACEMENT
KIT NO.
THREADTYPE
DECELERATIONSTROKEUNIT
SIZE142025
mm0.300.560.91
in0.0120.0220.036
mmM6 x 1.0
M8 x 1.25M12 x 1.75
697136971469715
WEIGHTkg
0.0050.0140.032
lb0.010.030.07
KINETIC ENERGYLOAD
Nm0.00460.01640.0446
in-lb0.0410.1450.395
LENGTHmm244050
in0.961.561.97
WRENCHHEX SIZE
mm346
DECELERATIONEFFECTIVE
ANGLE5°5°5°
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
C C
SECTION C-C
UNIT SIZELETTER DIMENSION
RFS120RFS520RFS125RFS525
10-32[5 x 0.8]1/8 NPT
[1/8 BSPP]
Ø A.176[4.5].339[8.6]
Ø KK.295[7.5].433
[11.0]
Ø LL.039[1.0].039[1.0]
MM
UNIT SIZE
HOLLOW PINION O-RING KIT
142025
—3642-059-13642-064-1
KIT NO.
A PORT THREAD
MM Ø LLØ KK
Angle Adjustment Replacement Kits Include:(1) Angle adjustment screw with integral shock pad, (1) Nut, (1)
Thread Seal1 Kit is required per end of adjustment desired
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
3D-35
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rfCAT-03
ACCESSORIES: SERIES RF ROTARY ACTUATOR
PROXIMITY SWITCH KITThis accessory provides for the mounting of a 6 mm square,
PHD Series 5580 solid state switch, or PHD 18431 inductiveproximity switch. One switch mounting kit is required per switch,with the typical application requiring two kits. The kit includes aswitch target as well as the required mounting hardware.
The Series RF body accepts two proximity switches, which areeasily mounted on the actuator using the switch slots in the sides ofthe body.
The switch targets mount in the groove around the output hubOD. The switch target has a magnet on one side for use with theSeries 5580 switch and is to be installed with the magnet toward theswitch face. If the Series 18431 switch is used, the magnet shouldbe installed away from the switch face.
Proximity switches are ordered separately, see PHD's maincatalog for complete switch specifications.
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
EACH SWITCH KIT CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING:1 - TARGET ASSEMBLY W/MAGNET1 - TARGET FASTENER1 - SWITCH FASTENER
RFSx25 UNIT KITS ALSO INCLUDE:1 - SWITCH BRACKET
SWITCH KIT(1 KIT PER ROTATION)
SWITCH SLOT(ONE EACH SIDE)
SWITCH FASTENER
TARGET FASTENER
SWITCH(SOLD SEPARATELY)
SERIES RFSx14 & 20 SERIES RFSx25SWITCH KIT(1 KIT PER ROTATION)
SWITCH SLOT(ONE EACH SIDE) SWITCH FASTENER
TARGET FASTENER
SWITCH(SOLD SEPARATELY)
55803-1-0255804-1-0255823-155824-1
NPN 4.5 - 24 VDC with 2 meter cablePNP 4.5 - 24 VDC with 2 meter cableNPN 4.5 - 24 VDC with Quick ConnectPNP 4.5 - 24 VDC with Quick Connect
DESCRIPTIONPART NO.
SERIES 5580 HALL EFFECT SWITCHES
55802-1-0255822-1
NPN or PNP 4.5 - 24 VDC with 2 meter cableNPN or PNP 4.5 - 24 VDC with Quick Connect
DESCRIPTIONPART NO.
SERIES 5580 REED SWITCHES
18431-001-0218431-002-02
NPN 10 - 30 VDC with 2 meter cablePNP 10 - 30 VDC with 2 meter cable
DESCRIPTIONPART NO.
6 mm SQUARE INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES
17533-00-0217533-00-05
2 meter cable5 meter cable
LENGTHPART NO.
CORDSETS WITH QUICK CONNECT
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
A
CC
A
D
B
PROXIMITY SWITCH KITS
KIT NO.
SWITCHFASTENER
SIZEUNITSIZE142025
Nm0.60.61.1
in-lb5510
M3 x 0.5 x 4M3 x 0.5 x 4M3 x 0.5 x 14
697006970069702
REQUIREDTORQUE SWITCH
FASTENERTARGET
FASTENERSIZE
M4 x 0.7M4 x 0.7M4 x 0.7
Nm0.60.60.6
in-lb555
REQUIREDTORQUE TARGET
FASTENER
SERIES 18431 6 mm SQUARE INDUCTIVE SWITCHREPEATABILITY
(DEGREES)UNITSIZE142025
± .35± .36± .14
HYSTERESIS(DEGREES)
± .79± .72± .67
BAND WIDTHMAX (DEG) MIN (DEG)
363214
27189
SERIES 5580 REED SWITCHREPEATABILITY
(DEGREES)UNITSIZE142025
± .18± .19± .74
HYSTERESIS(DEGREES)
± .53± .63± .63
BAND WIDTHMAX (DEG) MIN (DEG)
313116
201412
SERIES 5580 HALL EFFECT SWITCHREPEATABILITY
(DEGREES)UNITSIZE142025
± .09± .10± .11
HYSTERESIS(DEGREES)
± .26± .28± .35
BAND WIDTHMAX (DEG) MIN (DEG)
271411
1498
.213[5.4].531
[13.5].732
[18.6]
A————
.788[20.0]
RFSx14
RFSx20
RFSx25
UNITSIZE
.457[11.6].720
[18.3]1.913[48.6]
CLETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
B D————
1.902[48.3]
3D-36
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rf CAT-03
ACCESSORIES: SERIES RF ROTARY ACTUATOR
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
GRT MOUNTING KITThe PHD Series RF Rotary Actuator features a mounting hole
pattern that directly connects specific sizes of the PHD Series GRTGripper to the hub. This mounting kit provides the necessarymounting hardware for mounting a Series GRT Gripper onto aSeries RF Rotary Actuator.
SHP MOUNTING KITThe PHD Series RF Rotary Actuator features a mounting hole
pattern that directly connects specific sizes of the PHD Series SHPSlides to the hub. This mounting kit provides the necessarymounting hardware for mounting a Series SHP Slides to a Series RFRotary Actuator.
BLANK TRANSITION PLATEMOUNTING KIT
This accessory provides for the mounting of devices other thanPHD Series GRT Grippers and Series SHP Slides to the Series RFRotary Actuator. The kit includes an anodized, 6061-T6 aluminum,transition plate, pre-drilled to mount to the rotary actuator hub,along with the associated mounting hardware. The mounting holesfor the secondary unit are to be machined by the customer.
GRT GRIPPER
SHP SLIDE
BLANKTRANSITION PLATE
SERIES RFROTARY ACTUATOR
SERIES GRTMOUNTING KIT
SERIES SHPMOUNTING KIT
TRANSITION PLATEMOUNTING KIT
Ø C (SLIDE RETACTED)Ø C(GRIPPER OPEN )
(A)
B
(A)
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
SHP DIMENSIONSGRT DIMENSIONS
GRT MOUNTING KIT
KIT NO.
SERIES GRTGRIPPERUNIT SIZE
UNITSIZE
RFS114RFS514RFS120RFS520RFS125RFS525
Nm[2.3][2.3][4.5][4.5][15.8][15.8]
in-lb20204040140140
GRT112GRT512GRT122GRT522GRT142GRT542
697266974169727697426972869743
FASTENERSIZE
5-40 x 1[ M3 x 0.5 x 25 ]
8-32 x 1 1/8[ M4 x 0.7 x 30 ]1/4-20 x 1 5/8
[ M6 x 1.0 x 40 ]
REQUIREDTORQUE
SHP MOUNTING KIT
KIT NO.
SERIES SHPSLIDE
UNIT SIZEUNITSIZE
RFS114RFS514RFS120RFS520RFS125RFS525
Nm[2.3][2.3][2.3][2.3][4.5][4.5]
in-lb202020204040
SHP108 x 40SHP508 x 40SHP112 x 40SHP512 x 40SHP116 x 55SHP516 x 55
697036970669704697076970569708
FASTENERSIZE
5-40 x 5/8[ M3 x 0.5 x 16 ]
5-40 x 7/8[ M3 x 0.5 x 20 ]
6-32 x 1[ M4 x 0.7 x 30 ]
REQUIREDTORQUE
BLANK TRANSITION PLATE MOUNTING KIT
KIT NO.
BLANKTRANSITIONPLATE NO.
UNITSIZE
RFS114RFS514RFS120RFS520RFS125RFS525
Nm[2.3][2.3][4.5][4.5][15.8][15.8]
in-lb20204040140140
69721-169721-569722-169722-569723-169723-5
697296973269730697336973169734
TRANSITIONPLATESIZE
.312 x Ø 2.205 [7.9 x Ø 56.0].433 x Ø 3.346[11.0 x Ø 85.0].500 x Ø 3.583[12.7 x Ø 91.0]
REQUIREDTORQUE
5-40 x 3/8[M3 x 0.5 x 10]
8-32 x 1/2[M4 x 0.7 x 12]
1/4-20 x 5/8[M6 x 1.0 x 16]
FASTENERSIZE
CUSTOMER SUPPLIED DOWEL PINSSERIES GRT
GRIPPERPIN SIZE
UNITSIZE
RFS114RFS514RFS120RFS520RFS125RFS525
Ø 1/8 x 3/8[Ø 3 x 12]
Ø 3/16 x 5/8[Ø 4 x 16]Ø 1/4 x 3/4[Ø 6 x 20]
SERIES SHPSLIDE
PIN SIZE——————
BLANKTRANSITION
PLATE PIN SIZEØ 1/8 x 1/2[Ø 3 x 14]
Ø 3/16 x 3/4[Ø 4 x 18]Ø 1/4 x 3/4[Ø 6 x 20]
1.607[40.8]2.107[53.5]2.712[68.9]
A.197[5.0].039[1.0].433
[11.0]
RFS114RFS514RFS120RFS520RFS125RFS525
UNITSIZE
LETTER DIMENSION
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
B3.823[97.1]4.733
[120.2]5.835
[148.2]
Ø C2.038[51.8]2.756[70.0]3.696[93.9]
A2.132[54.2]2.792[70.9]3.898[99.0]
RFS114RFS514RFS120RFS520RFS125RFS525
UNITSIZE
LETTER DIMENSIONØ B
3D-37
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rfCAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATOR SELECTION: SERIES RF
SIZING A SERIES RF UNIT BASED ONTORQUE OUTPUT AND STOPPING CAPACITY
SIZINGA number of factors must be considered when selecting a
Series RF Rotary Actuator. These include actuator orientation, totalload attached and rotational speed. The process of selecting theproper Series RF rotary actuator consists of three main steps:
1) Size the actuator based on the torque requirements2) Size the actuator based on stopping capacity3) Size the actuator based on bearing capacity
Choose the actuator which meets the requirements of yourapplication.
STEP 1Determine Rotational Mass Moment of Inertia (Jm)Select the illustration from the application types on page3D-40 that most resembles your specific application. Severalseparate calculations may be necessary to fully describe yourapplication. Using the appropriate application equation,calculate the mass moment of inertia for the type of conditionillustrated. The total mass moment of inertia is the sum of theindividual calculations.
STEP 2Determine Necessary Acceleration (αA)This equation calculates the acceleration necessary to movethrough the required angle of rotation in the specified time. Theresults are given in radians/sec2.
STEP 3Calculate the Required Starting Torque (TA)Select the illustration from the application types on page3D-40 that most resembles your specific application. Severalseparate calculations may be necessary to fully describe yourapplication. Using the appropriate application equation,calculate the torque for each for each type of conditionillustrated that matches your application. The total torque willbe the sum of the individual calculations. Note: Torquecalculations are theoretical, an appropriate safety factorshould be considered. PHD recommends a minimum safetyfactor of 2 to account for friction loss, air line and valve size,and attached accessories.
SIZING A SERIES RF UNIT BASED ONSTOPPING CAPACITY
STEP 4Calculate the Peak Velocity (ω)This formula estimates the peak velocity of the Series RF inoperation, and is used to determine the stopping capacity ofthe rotary actuator. The result is given in radians/sec.
STEP 5Compare Peak Velocity (ω) to Allowable ImpactCompare the peak velocity to the maximum allowablevelocity for the given Mass Moment of Inertia (Jm) of yourapplication. The chart is labeled Shock Pad EnergyCapacity. The charts represent the total amount of energy thatis able to be absorbed and provide acceptable motion of theactuator. Acceptable motion is defined as a maximum of onedegree of motion reversal when the load comes to the end ofstroke. Note: The unit may be run at slightly higher velocitiesand loads than these charts indicate without damage; however,the motion profile may be unacceptable. Please contact PHD ifthe Series RF Rotary Actuator is to be used outside of therecommended energy range. If the shock pad does not provideenough stopping capacity for the application, the next largersize of actuator should be considered.
(Time of Rotation in Seconds)2Acceleration (rad/sec2) = αA = .035 x Rotation Angle in Degrees
Rotational Angle in DegreesTime of Rotation in Seconds
Average Velocity (deg/sec) =
Peak Velocity = .024 x Average Velocity
SHOCK PAD ENERGY CAPACITY
0.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
14.0
16.0
0 0.005[.00057]
0.01[.00113]
0.015[.00169]
0.02[.00226]
Attached Load, Moment Of Inertia (in-lb-sec2) [Nm-s2]
Allo
wab
le Im
pact
Vel
ocity
(rad
/sec
)
RFSx25
RFSx20
RFSx14
Starting Torque (in/lb) = TA, TAg
Balanced Load TA = Jm x αA x SFUnbalanced Load TAg = [(Jm x αA) + (Fg x k)] x SF
3D-38
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rf CAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATOR SELECTION: SERIES RF
SIZING A SERIES RF UNIT BASED ON BEARINGCAPACITY
STEP 6The charts on the next page are divided into two categories.
The charts on the left are used when axial and radial loads areknown. Use these charts to determine if your application is withinthe allowable attached load for a specific size. Refer to the propercharts based on your intended actuator orientation and load. Thecharts on the next page are used when the load is defined and thedistance of the center of gravity of the load from the center ofrotation or face of the rotary actuator is known. See the illustrationbelow.
Using Known Axial and Radial GraphsIf the application is strictly axial the unit can be loaded up to
the maximum shown on the X axis. If there is combined axial andradial loading, check the known values against the maximumindicated in the chart. The line in the center is the point where theaxial load is matched to the radial load. This is the maximum loadthat can be applied in combined loading applications. Also be awarethat the distance from the face of the hub to the center of gravity iscritical in determining the reaction force back at the bearing. If exactradial and axial loads are unknown, PHD recommends using theLoad vs. CG Distance charts on the next page.
Using Known Load and Center of Gravity DistanceIf there is an unbalanced load, refer to the chart labeled Load
vs. CG Distance, this chart takes into account reactionary forces andshows the allowable load at a given center of gravity distance.Check the application against this chart for proper selection.
Horizontal Orientation (in)(CG)= Distance from Face of Hub to
Center of Gravity of Load
Vertical Orientation (in)(CG)= Distance from Centerline of Hub
to Center of Gravity of Load
CG
Cg
3D-39
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rfCAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATOR SELECTION: SERIES RF
LOAD
CGDistance
LOAD
Radial Load
LOAD
Axial Load
7.60[33.81]
AXIAL VS. RADIAL LOAD LIMITS LOAD VS. CENTER OF GRAVITY DISTANCE
RFSx25
0
1[4.45]
2[8.90]
3[13.35]
4[17.79]
5[22.24]
0 1[4.45]
2[8.90]
6[26.69]
5[22.24]
3[13.35]
4[17.79]
Axial Load lb [N]
Radi
al L
oad
lb [N
]
7[31.14]
7[31.14]
6[26.69]
8[35.59]
Maximum Radial Load
Combined Maximum Load
RFSx20
0
0.50[2.22]
1.0[4.45]
1.5[6.67]
2.0[8.90]
2.5[11.12]
3.0[13.35]
3.5[15.57]
4.0[17.79]
4.5[20.02]
5.0[22.24]
0 0.5[2.22]
1[4.45]
1.5[6.67]
2[8.90]
2.5[11.12]
3[13.35]
3.5[15.57]
4[17.79]
Axial Load lb [N]
Radi
al L
oad
lb [N
]
Maximum Radial Load
Combined Maximum Load
RFSx14
0
0.50[2.22]
1.0[4.45]
1.5[6.67]
2.0[8.90]
2.5[11.12]
0 0.2[0.89]
1[4.45]
2[8.90]
Axial Load lb [N]
Radi
al L
oad
lb [N
]
0.4[1.78]
0.6[2.67]
0.8[3.56]
1.2[5.34]
1.4[6.23]
1.6[7.12]
1.8[8.01]
Maximum Radial Load
Combined Maximum Load
RFSx14
00 0.2
[5.08]1
[25.4]
Center of Gravity Distance in [mm]
Load
lb [N
]
0.4[10.16]
0.6[15.24]
0.8[20.32]
1.2[30.48]
1.4[35.56]
0.2[0.89]
1[4.45]
0.4[1.78]
0.6[2.67]
0.8[3.56]
1.2[5.34]
1.4[6.23]
RFSx20
00 0.5
[12.7]1
[25.4]
Center of Gravity Distance in [mm]
Load
lb [N
]
2[50.8]
1.5[38.1]
2.5[63.5]
0.5[2.22]
2[8.90]
1[4.45]
1.5[6.67]
2.5[11.12]
3[13.35]
RFSx25
00 0.5
[12.7]1
[25.4]
Center of Gravity Distance in [mm]
Load
lb [N
]
3.5[88.9]
3[76.2]
2.5[63.5]
4[101.6]
4.5[114.3]
0.5[2.22]
3.5[15.57]
1[4.45]
2.5[11.12]
3[13.35]
4[17.79]
4.5[20.02]
2[8.90]
1.5[6.67]
1.5[38.1]
2[50.8]
2.35[10.45]
4.55[20.24]
4.32[19.22]
Maximum Axial Load6.33
[28.16]
2.59[11.52]
Maximum Axial Load3.79
[16.86]
1.334[5.94]
Maximum AxialLoad1.96
[8.72]
1.334[5.94]
2.59[11.52]
4.32[19.22]
.899[4.00]
1.799[8.00]
2.811[12.50]
3D-40
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rf CAT-03
ROTARY ACTUATOR SELECTION: SERIES RF
Jm = x k2Fg
g
Jm = x12
Fg
ga2 + 3k2
( ) ( )Fg1
gJm = x (4a2 + 3k2)
12+ xFg2
g(4b2 + 3k2)
12
b-a2
Tg = [(Jm x α) + (Fg x k)] x SFT = Jm x α x SF
( )k2Jm = +L2
3Fg
gxx 1
4
Tg = [(Jm x α) + [(Fg2 - Fg1) x (a + ( ))]] x SF
DiskEnd mounted on center
DiskMounted on center
Rectangular PlateMounted on center
Rectangular PlateMounted off center
Solid SphereMounted on center
RodMounted on center
RodMounted off center
Jm = x 4a2 + c2
12+ x 4b2 + c2
12Fg1
gFg2
g
Jm = x x k225
Fg
g
Point Load
LOAD ORIENTATION
Tg = Rotating Vertically(with gravity)
T = Rotating Horizontally(without gravity)
UNBALANCED LOADS
T = Jm x α x SF
UNBALANCED LOADS
Jm = x k2
2Fg
g
a2 + b2
12Jm = xFg
g
k
L
k k
k dim isradiusof rod
aa
b
c
Fg2
aFg1
b
k dim isradiusof rod
a Fg1
Fg2
bk
Fg
IMPERIAL UNITS:Jm = Rotational Mass Moment of Inertia (in-lb-sec2) (Dependent on physical size of object and weight)g = Gravitational Constant = 386.4 in/sec2 Fg = Weight of Load (lb) k = Radius of Gyration (in)T = Torque required to rotate load (in-lbs) α = Acceleration (rad/sec2) t = time (sec)SF = Safety Factor
METRIC UNITS:Jm = Rotational Mass Moment of Inertia (N-m-sec2) (Dependent on physical size of object and weight)g = Gravitational Constant = 9.81 m/sec2 Fg = Weight of Load (N) k = Radius of Gyration (m)T = Torque required to rotate load (N-m) α = Acceleration (rad/sec2) t = time (sec)M = Mass = Fg / g (kg) SF = Safety Factor
BALANCED LOADST = Jm x α x SF
3D-41
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rfCAT-03
SIZING EXAMPLE: SERIES RF ROTARY ACTUATOR
APPLICATION INFORMATION - EXAMPLE 1Weight = .75 lb + .25 lb PlateRotation Angle = 180°Pressure = 65 psiOrientation = VerticalCenter of Gravity Distance = 1.125" for .75 lb
.5" for .25 lbDesired Cycle Rate = .35 secSafety Factor = 2Axial Load = .75 lb + .25 lb
EXAMPLE 1STEP 1
Determine Jm of Plate mounted off center
gJm =
12x
Jm = .0008633 in-lb-sec2
g+
12x
386.4 12x +
386.4 12x
(.0002148 x .6667) + (.000432195 x 1.6667)
.000143 + .000720326
Fg1 4a2 + c2 Fg2 4b2 + c2
.083 4(1)2 + (2)2 .167 4(2)2 + (2)2
Determine Point Load
gJm = x
386.4xJm = (1.125)2.75
xJm = .0019409 1.2656
Jm = .002456 in-lb-sec2
Jm Total = .00086 + .00245 = .00331 in-lb-sec2
FgK2
STEP 2Determine Acceleration
αA =
(.35)2
51.429 rad/sec2
T = Jm x αA x SF
T = .00331 x 51.429 x 2
αA = .035 x
T = .3405 in-lb
(Time of Rotation in Seconds)2Acceleration (rad/sec2) = αA =
180
.035 x Rotation Angle in Degrees
STEP 3Starting Torque
STEP 4Calculate Peak Velocity
Average Velocity =.35
= 514.28 deg/sec
Peak Velocity = .024 x 514.28 = 12.34 rad/sec
Peak Velocity = .024 x Average Velocity(rad/sec)
180
STEP 5Compare the Peak Velocity
Compare this value to the Shock Pad Energy Capacity chart onpage 11. We see the following:
• The size 14 will not handle the Jm value.
• The size 20 will not attain the speed required.
• The size 25 will perform the task in the desired time.
STEP 6Determine the bearing capabilities of a Size 25Since we know the axial loading but not the radial loading for
this application, we compare it to the Load vs. CG Distance Chart onpage 3D-39.
At this loading condition the size 25 has the capability of 1 lb ataround 2.2 inches off center. Our application is at 1.125 inches.
Therefore; the RFSx25 is suitable for this application.
1.125"
.25 lb
CG
.75 lb.5"
2"
3D-42
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rf CAT-03
SIZING EXAMPLE: SERIES RF ROTARY ACTUATOR
APPLICATION INFORMATION - EXAMPLE 2Weight = 1.5 lbRotation Angle = 180°Pressure = 60 psiOrientation = HorizontalCenter of Gravity Distance = .5"Desired Cycle Rate = .5 secSafety Factor = 2Axial Load = ØCycles per minute = 20
EXAMPLE 2STEP 1
Determine Jm(Equation is from page 14, Disk Mounted on Center)
STEP 2Determine Acceleration
STEP 3Starting Torque(Equation is from page 14)
STEP 4Calculate Peak Velocity
STEP 5Compare the Peak Velocity
Check this value against the Shock Pad Energy Capacity charton page 3D-37.
• The size 14 cannot handle the Jm value of .0038. The size 14cannot stop the load.
• The size 20 can stop the load and perform the task in therequired time.
STEP 6Determining the bearing capabilities of a Size 20.
We now check the loading condition against the Load vs. CGDistance chart for the size 20 on page 3D-39.
We see that a size 20 can handle approximately 2 lbs at.5 inches from center of gravity distance.
Therefore; the RFSx20 is suitable for this application.
Jm = .00328 in-lb-sec2
386.4xJm = (1.3)2
21.5
gJm =
2xFg K2
αA =
(.5)2
25.2 rad/sec2
T = Jm x αA x SF
T = .00328 x 25.2 x 2
αA = .035 x
T = .165 in-lb
(Time of Rotation in Seconds)2Acceleration (rad/sec2) = αA =
180
.035 x Rotation Angle in Degrees
Average Velocity =.5
= 360 degrees/sec
Peak Velocity = .024 x 360 = 8.64 rad/sec
Peak Velocity = .024 x Average Velocity (rad/sec)
180
1"
2.60 Ø
3D-43
3D
SOLUTIONS FORINDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511www.phdinc.com/rfCAT-03
SIZING EXAMPLE: SERIES RF ROTARY ACTUATOR
APPLICATION INFORMATION - EXAMPLE 3Weight = 1.75 lbRotation Angle = 180°Pressure = 80 psiOrientation = VerticalCenter of Gravity Distance = ØDesired Cycle Rate = 1.0 secSafety Factor = 2Axial Load = 1.75 lb (weight)Cycles per minute = 30
EXAMPLE 3STEP 1
Determine Jm(Equation is from page 14, Disk Mounted on Center)
STEP 2Determine Acceleration
STEP 3Starting Torque(Equation is from page 3D-40)
STEP 4Calculate Peak Velocity
STEP 5Compare the Peak Velocity
Compare this value to the Shock Pad Energy Capacity chart onpage 11.
• The size 14 will handle the Jm value at the rated PeakVelocity.
STEP 6Determine the bearing capabilities of size 14.
Use the Axial vs. Radial Load Limits chart for the RFSx14 onpage 3D-39.
Since we have only an axial load we can supportup to 1.96 lb.
Therefore; the Series RFSx14 is suitable for this application.
Jm = .0044 in-lb-sec2
386.4xJm = (1.4)2
2
gJm =
2xFg K2
1.75
αA =
(1.0)2
6.3 rad/sec2
T = Jm x αA x SF
T = .0044 x 6.3 x 2
αA = .035 x
T = .055 in/lb
(Time of Rotation in Seconds)2Acceleration (rad/sec2) = αA =
180
.035 x Rotation Angle in Degrees
Average Velocity =1.0
= 180 degrees/sec
Peak Velocity = .024 x Average Velocity (rad/sec)
Peak Velocity = .024 x 180 = 4.32 rad/sec
180
1"2.80 Ø